Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D13-319 - CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL - TENANT IMPROVEMENTCHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL 2600 SOUTHCENTER MALL FC -02 D13-319 • City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development 0 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 1408 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.eov Parcel No: Address: DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 9202470010 2600 SOUTHCENTER MALL Project Name: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL Permit Number: D13-319 Issue Date: 1/6/2014 Permit Expires On: 7/5/2014 Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: Name: Address: License No: Lender: Name: Address: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD, WA, 92013 ANDY PAROLINE 3617 SW CHARLESTOWN ST, SEATTLE, WA, 98126 WESTERN CONSTRUCTION SERVS INC Phone: (206) 719-0339 Phone: (360) 699-5317 4612 NE MINNEHAHA, VANCOUVER, WA, 98661 WESTECS162R8 Expiration Date: 9/16/2015 SELF FUNDED - CHIPOTLE / l / DESCRIPTION OF WORK: SUBTYPE: ARET STATUS: PENDING DESCRIPTION: TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR FAST CASUAL RESTAURANT LOCATED WITHIN MALL FOOD COURT. WORK TO INCLUDE DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. JEM Project Valuation: $55,000.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: NO Fees Collected: $1,714.31 Type of Construction: Occupancy per IBC: Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA FIRE SERVICE Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA SEWER SERVICE Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: Internations Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2012 2012 2012 2012 International Fuel Gas Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WA State Energy Code: 2012 2012 2012 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: N • • Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: N Land Altering: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Yes Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: 07/W/7 I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local I- gulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this developmed agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: � Date: 1-6, —/V Print Name: anJ N This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 6: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 7: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 8: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non -building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 9: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. • • 10: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 11: All food preparation establishments must have Seattle/King County Department of Public Health sign -off prior to opening or doing any food processing. Arrangements for final Health Department inspection shall be made by calling Seattle/King County Department of Public Health, (206/296-4928), at least three working days prior to desired inspection date. On work requiring Health Department approval, it is the contractor's responsibility to have a set of plans approved by the agency on the job site. 12: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 13: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 14: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 15: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 16: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 17: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 18: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one-third and lower one-third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4 -inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 19: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 20: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 21: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 22: ***FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 23: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 24: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3-2.1) 25: Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided within a 30 -foot (9144 mm) travel distance of commercial - type cooking equipment. Cooking equipment involving vegetable or animal oils and fats shall be protected by a Class K rated portable extinguisher. (IFC 904.11.5) 26: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) • • 27: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 28: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 29: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4-4) 30: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 31: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 32: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 33: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 34: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 35: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 36: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 37: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 38: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 39: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 40: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 41: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 42: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 43: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 44: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** • • 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0502 LATH & GYPSUM 4004 SI -WELDING 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING CITY OF TUK ILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov j� Building Permit No. 121,`2-- 1,- Project No. Date Application Accepted: 10 � t7 Date Application Expires: O 1, (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 2600 Southcenter Mall Tenant Name: Chipotle Mexican Grill PROPERTY OWNER Name: Wayne Johnson, Westfield Southcenter Address: 2800 Southcenter Mall City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON - person receiving all project communication Name: Andy Paroline Address: 3617 SW Charlestown St. City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98126 Phone: (206) 719-0339 Fax: Email: andy@parolineassociates.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: To Be Determined Address: Address: Architect Name: Harlan Faust City: City: State: City: Omaha State: NE Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: hfaust@fhaarchitects.com Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:Wppllcations\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 9202470010 Suite Number: FC -2 Floor: 2 New Tenant: ® Yes ❑ .. No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Name: 'e-Be-Betermined Company Name: Harlan Faust, Architect Address: Architect Name: Harlan Faust City: Address: 14344 'Y' Street, Suite 204 City: Omaha State: NE Zip: 68137 Phone: (402) 895-0878 Fax: Email: hfaust@fhaarchitects.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: 'e-Be-Betermined Company Name: National Engineering Address: Engineer Name: Richard Jones City: Address: 788 Morrison Road City: Columbus State: OH Zip: 43230 Phone: (614) 328-2022 Fax: Email: rjones@nationalengineering.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: 'e-Be-Betermined 99 SE(,f �tiaz►A� / 6N Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATI— 206-431-3670 vj Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 6�/0 Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Tenant improvement project for fast -casual restaurant located in the existing Southcenter Mall Foodcourt. Work to include demolition, new construction, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes [ . No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes D No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes 0 No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11 " paper including quantities and Materia! Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\AppllcatlonsWorms-Applications On Line\2011 Applicatlons\permlt Application Revised - 8-9-11.doa Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC lst Floor 2"d Floor 2,210 II -B B 3`a Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes D No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes 0 No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11 " paper including quantities and Materia! Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\AppllcatlonsWorms-Applications On Line\2011 Applicatlons\permlt Application Revised - 8-9-11.doa Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 91L461NORKS.PERMIT Iry ATION - 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ..▪ .Tukwila ❑ ...Water Availability Provided D ...Water District # 125 ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Renton Sewer District ..▪ .Tukwila ❑ ... Valley View ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ ...Sewer Availability Provided Septic System: ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way ❑ Non Right-of-way 0 ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage Improvements ❑...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut 0 .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Looped Fire Line Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension. Public ❑ ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization 0 .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding WO # WO # WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size Private 0 Private 0 FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:Wppllcatlons\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 i FiTERMIT P.P$I KATION NOTES` 4" • 4m4aY 3h 1 Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PE URY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDINe • �.: °. AGENT: Signatur:. � 'II/ Date: 1611113 Print Na Day Telephone: 102 I'7 .0898 Mailing � dd e . SU,�e Zaq Owtaka NE to8134- city H:Wpplicatlons\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS a.^�XBt :N.'�...{iitic ."y. :`?'.... PermitTRAK ACCOUNT . B"•"�.+8 " QUANTITY PAID :+ae„. g.-d"rc,wv+: �'.; K:`4' r -'., �. .... .,, .:. $1,040.75 D13-319 - Address: 2600 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn:9202470010 $1,040.75 $1,036.25 R000.322.100.00.00 $1,036.25 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE $4.50 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R605 B640.237.114 $4.50 $1,040.75 Date Paid: Monday, January 06, 2014 Paid By: JOHN F GAIN Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 005380 Printed: Monday, January 06, 2014 12:05 PM 1 of 1 CRWSYSTEMS SET RECEIPT Copy Reprinted on 10-11-2013 at 14:13:41 10/11/2013 RECEIPT NO: R13-02869 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 10/11/2013 User ID: 1165 Total Payment: 930.09 Payee: ANDREW P PAROLINE, APP VENTURES SET ID: S000002091 SET NAME: CHIPOTLE SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount D13-319 673.56 EL13-0995 76.80 M13-190 100.05 PG13-140 79.68 TOTAL: 673 55 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Credit C VISA 930.09 TOTAL: 930.09 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.832.00.0 000.345.830 TOTAL: 76.80 853.29 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit cbt3-3 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Prot ct: N t Type flospection: I—IAJ'41- Address: aoeo M4 t Date Called: Special Instructions: r o `- Date 1 V nted7 -- / GE- Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t'ft1e/ <A/e y 1.Ah1,'' /Pprn/-0 <:./.#4-7 .1- 1 11j°lo 7? -7-7 J O (1 n 7//)4Air _. pp. -Aped.. Da:_ 7 0, REJN PECTION FEE REQUI ED. Prior'o next inspection, fee must be a d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Projec r‘ r� ae ft{. 6%, fr cct 1 Type of Inspection: i Sus. e.„:12, �-./le Address (03 S� MA- I t Date Cal g A O a Special Instructions: Date Wanted: A. (rl Wim. p.m. Requester: + Pone No:. --7 7 2.433 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: F;f,epro � � r Insp ctor: 7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 4 4 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit -3/7 INSPECT! N NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: , �j - a Type of Inspection: (� . ( : U (-P /'1f.�CG/. (( Address:/Date 1 Dcit.-d Called: _ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: r _ 1 ra.A7r p.m. Requester: Php�J`(o . 63.-7.7.,2(033 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Dec Iris Spector: 1 Date REINSPECTION FEE REP UIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. - PERMIT NO. - CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206).431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: Type of Inspectio Address: eZ 6C)0 S C. 1^f1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: Requester: Phone No: .. DApproved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P. triZt l t7d c-D/q919 VJ A k\- Yt I rJc 60610V. Ippector. iti►n-, 1 1 dam. JO t n REI SECTION FEE REQUIRED. rior.to ne paidla, 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Dat' t -inspection, fee must be It to schedule reinspection. ' INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Pro'ec : Type of Inspection: l. �'• - y^..A vr,.)%30 -fl-( a..i'Q,;1 0)u.i 4 Address: ' - a•-(006 S 1. Mil t Date Called: Special Instructions: Date anted: c, / Requester:. Phone No: �• '.Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: J l. �'• - y^..A vr,.)%30 -fl-( a..i'Q,;1 0)u.i 4 ,^(t Li s-1- roC.(r,e . -q :�i!t sra e; -/ 1 Nj5:,e6 4eci. ..Nw LiA << s/e)' \tea, �• ecto ' :. Mt 1 1 Date: -- I c1 7- 1 .J REI ' SPECTION FEE RE UIRED. Priorro next inspection. fee must be IU'd1 OJVU �VUl11 ..C111C1 OIV U., ._ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: 0 le.‘, 2ai Type of Inspection: rOA4Ar J G Address:. - 9.6700 S0 MA 1( Date. Called: Special Instructions: - Date Wanted: a / / / 44 / t{ f( p.m. Requester: Phone. No: ElApproved per applicable codes. �J Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: V / r' OI OA /15 OAlit' — APP W'7/ Date: INSPECTION FEE REQZJIRED. Prior toext inspection. fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: C. t-jie ke. Sprinklers: f�..$ Type of Inspection: ./(4% — NA 1 ` V �c Address: c Suite #: 6 � 2. VA �'d ( Contact Person: Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4, Needs Shift Inspection: yA-A Sprinklers: f�..$ Fire Alarm: y-&5 Hood & Duct: y -e -s Monitor: r'ad Pre -Fire: a.) v Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: / Date: ��ifi Hrs.: /, 7 / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 113- 31 N-75 --0 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: y /‘6% et-- Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: viz Address: Suite #: Z 56' /0,4//\ t�,-6, Contact Person: Special Instructions: ;0. ` Phone:No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: C)g- / 601/(2-e-'��' L-+ rou. t�,-6, c / 4 J N UL S A{.atAk- - 0/vi Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /, ' Date: /5'// y Hrs.: ) , v $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Amor •.11 M,WM,— _� LN SOCIA TPS, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION April 1,2014 City of Tukwila Attn: Bldg Dept 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Final Letter Southcenter Fireproofing 2800 Southcenter Mall Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 To Whom It May Concern: KA No. 066-14049 Permit No. D13-319 QkjP �r In accordance with our clients request and authorization, we have performed special testing and inspection services for the above referenced project. The special inspections for this project were: • Fireproofing To the best of our knowledge, all work with the exception of off-site improvements on 25th Ave. has been tested and inspected and has been found to be in general accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and engineering revisions, and chapter 17 of the 2012 intemational Building Code. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939-2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC William B Throne Operations Manager Puyallup CC: Western Construction Services With Offices Serving The Western United States 922 — Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puvallnn WA 9R171 • 0511 919-7500 • Far• 0611 Q1Q-')SGA DIBBLE ENGINEERS FILE COPY Permit Mo. CHIPOTLE SOUTHCENTER MECH'L TI Store # 2270 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS TUKWILA, WA PREPARED FOR: FHA Architects 14344 Y Street, Suite 204 Omaha, NE 68137 Structural Calculations Project #: 13-7023 Prepared by Dibble Engineers, Inc. October 8, 2013 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of BUILDING TDIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER Design. Criteria Live Loads Roof Snow Load Parking Loading Dead Loads Roof 2012 International Building Code Seismic analysis Ss = 1.442 S1=0.536 Site Class D Sds = 0.961 Sd1 = 0.536 25 psf 40 psf Roofing Topping. Metal deck 8, Topping Insulation Beams Suspended Ceiling Sprinkler Mechanical', Elect, Misc Wind Design. 4 psf 50 psf 75 psf 0.5 psf 8 psf 1.5 psf 1 psf 5 psf 145 psf Wind analysis 110 mph Wind Speed Exposure C' Method 2 - Analytical Procedure ASCE7 Basic Wind Speed Wind Directionality Factor Risk Category Importance Factor, Exposure Topographic Effects Velocity Pressure qh = Rooftop Equipment V= 110 mph Kd = 0.9 Chimney, Tanks.& Similar • structures. I I I= 1.0 i3 Kz= 0.7 Kzt= 1 0.00256 Kz Kzt Kd V2 I Cf = As = As = 19.5 psf 1.3. 18.0 ftA2 1.8.0 ft"2 F=gzGCfAf= 388.2 Ib 388.2 Ib V ASD = 233 Ib end side end side (ASCE7-12 Figure. 26.5-1A) (ASCE7-12 Table 26.6-1) (ASCE7-12 Table1.5-1) (ASCE7-12 Table 1.5-2) (ASCE7-12 Table 30.3-1) (ASCE7-12 Eq 30.3-1) (ASCE7-12 Figure 29.5=1) (ASCE7 Eq. 6-28) Chipotle Southcenter Design Criteria 10/8/2013 6:15AM Seismic Design ASCE7 Chapter 13 Maximum Considered. Earthquake Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters Ss = 1.442 S1 = 0.536. Sips = 2/3 Sms Sol = 2/3 Sm1 Risk Category = Importance Factor i = Seismic Design Category Component Type Air -side HVAC ap = 2.5 II 1.00 D D Sos = 0.96. Sol = 0.54 Rp= 6' Seismic Demand z = 45 height of structural attachment h = 45 average height of structure Fp = 0.4 ap. Sds Wp (1+2z/h Fp; = 0.48 Wp Rp/Ip but need not be greater than, Fp = 1.6 Sds Ip Wp nor Tess than Fp = 0.3 Sds Ip Wp Fp vert: 0.2*SDS*Wp Therefore: Fp = t.54 Wp Fp = 0.29 Wp Fp vert= 0.19 Wp Wp .= 650 Ib Fp Horiz = 312.325. Ib Fp Vert = 124.9 Ib Vasd = 21..9 Ib (ASCE-7-12 Table 1.5-1) (ASCE-7-12 Table 1.5-2) (ASCE7-12 Table 1t6-1) (ASCE7-12 Table 11.6-2) (ASCE7-12 Table 13.6-1) (ASCE7 Eq 13.3-1) (ASCE7 Eq 12.3-2) (ASCE7 Eq 13.3-3) The mechanical unit footprint is approximately 4.5 -ft x 4.5 -ft. The units are small air handlers. The mechanical unit is to be secured to the metal, deck with concrete topping (4) anchors per unit Fp = 78.1 Chipotle Southcenter Seismic (PP) 10/8/2013.6:16 AM wwv.hilti.us Profls Anchor 2.4,0 Company. Specter. Address:. Phone l Far. E -Mail: Dibble Engineers: JR 1029 Market SL. Kirkland, WA Page: Project Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date:, CMpota Southcenter Roof Anchor,' 10/72013 Speedhrs comments: 1 input data Anchor type and diameter: Effective embedment depth: Material: - Evaluation Service Report Issued I Vald:: Proof: Stand-oa butellation: Anchor piste:, Prole:. Base material• Reinforcement Seismic fouls (cat. C, 0, E, or Fl Geometry (In.) 8 Leading. fib, in Ib] Kwik 8011 TZ • CS 378 (2) h,r=2000 m; h„a.(=2.313 ire Carbon Steel ESR.1917 5712013 ( 5712015 design method ACI 3181 AC 193: = 0.000 In. (no stand•ol();-1= 0.500 In, I, x t, x t = 3 000 in,.x 3.0001 M. x0:500 In, (Recommended plate thlcknees: not calculated) no Probe cracked concrete, 3000, I' = 3000 psi; n e 7.500 in. tension condition 8, shear: condition 0: no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge rel ercement. none or < No. 4 bar. yes (0336) pl:, 1: ,Af4,.I trod der are mammal S Carets for Cewra,e wan are aafti+a mr.alsa and Rrnboshatn PROM Onrear(o) 20ma510a Kai A0. elaOO serer Ra163100, SCrn. lvwv:hllti.ua. Coinparry:. Specter. Address:' Prairie,' Fax: E•MatI Dibble Engineers JR. 1029 MeiketSt, Kirkland, WA. Page: Project 'Sub -Project I Pos. No.: :Date: '' Profla Anchor 2.4.0 2 Chipo0e Southcenter Roof Anchor . 1002513 '2 Load ease/Resulting anehorforces 'Load: case: Design loads Anchor reactions (Ib]' Tenaton force' (oTe0sbn,'-Ctiplpreasion) Anchor ' Tension brce Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 5 0 78 0 78 max concrete coMnresNNe strain: -1%1 max- concrete: compressive stress: • (Psi) resulting tension force in (xty)=(0.000/0.000): '0 (Ibi reaaeing compression force In (xly)=(0.0000.000): 0 (lb) 3 Tension load: Load 8„ [lb), Capacity ehl,, .(lb), Utilization fr= ,,id N, Statue, Ie�eTSien tt* NA- WA WA WA 'POlkwt Strength. N/A N/A N/A N/A. Concrete Breakout Strength" N/A N/A N/A N/A • anchorhaving the highest loading ^anchor group (anchors 0 tension), 111,34 dar.m.(isa Mail to 0880 6u.areea.nt.o t nla:np r<nde.r.w r1, xMn�G, PROFerMew (o)2002202 Nal AR:R.4 4!en.aa Mal.• reasurN TNdama6 d NFaa0;5W„' vyaw.h1111.us MIL.`: Profls Anchor 2.4.0 Company. Dibble 809900ers Specifier. JR Address; 1029 Market St., Kirkland, WA Phonal Far. - I E -Mall: Page: 3 Project;, .Chipotie Souhcenter Sub -Project I Pos.No; Roof Anchor Date; 10/7/2013 4Shear load Load V. (Ib) Capscey , (ib) UtlIlzation pg• Van/+V, Status Steel. Strength' 78— -146V 6 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)' N/A N/A • WA. N/A Pryout Stmligth^ 78 553 15 OK Concrete edge (allure In direction " WA N/A N/A 'N/A • anchor having the highest loading "anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Stool Strength V..0 = ESP virtue refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 1 Ve„I a V. ACI 319-09 Eq. (0-2) Variables n A.wv [15.9 f,,,, (pall. 1 C7)5 (25000 Calculations V. (9) 2255 Reaulta V. irol++ 4 V.. )9) V,. [lb] 3255— 60.59 -148. 78 42 Pryout 6trongth = ice l( nt) 11 Wcr., Wmw N4 .+ Vv; "Ajg; see AC) 318-08, Part5.5,2:1, Fig. 13115.2.1(b) Art.". 9 he 1 ;,yyH=(1�2eo)s1.0 ,tyyd= 0.7+ 0.3( his 1.0 W=W= MX(.1 +1)s 1.0 " =1471, hYs ACI 31808 Eq. (0-30) AC1310-08 Eq. (0.2) -ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-8) ACI 318.08 Eq. (0.9) ACf318-08 Eq, (D-11) AC) 318-08 Eq. (0-13) ACI 310-08 Eq. (0-7) Variables lea horn.[ en (in-) errn(1n.1. 1 2.000 5.0013 0.050 c,. (in .) 14. ). r [pail 4.000. 37 1 301021" Calculations Aivapn.l) Area(lo33) --36:05 38:00 -1.000 Results re°,118 1.000 —22'11541 --ATR j. 4•,xea. V,,Ib) 0.400'i -553. x�• 1.000 V. (lb) 78 NUbI 2834' Input dub cod ,wk. mut M *,.loci 0r .6aomwe Mh tea nS8,q,snebn, ane CO! pQa80tyt PROM M00O)r) 2 0 0 010 09 14 4' AG, mere.8Mr.n 1910.,egicbtod Thula/WY el Meg AO, aelwn ww`w.h181-ue Profis Anchor 2.4,0 Company: Dibble Engineers Page. Specifier JR Protect: Address' 1029 Market St, Kirkland,` WA Sub -Project 1 Pop No.' Phone. I Fax ) Date: E -Mall: 4 Chtpotle Southcenter Roof Anchor 10/72013 5 Warnings • To avoid failure of the anchor plate the required thickness can be calculated 9,PR0F15 Anchor. Load re-0htribubons 00 the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate arenot considered. The anchor plate I1'aesumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed When subjected to the loading) • Condalon A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. Them Rotor is Increased for non•aleel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength end Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Refer to the manufacturers product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI318 or the relevant standard) An anchor: design approach for structures assigned to Selsmk"Deapn Category C, D, E or.F is given in AC( 318-08 Appendix 0, Part D.3.3.4 that requires to governing design strength of an anchor or; groupofanchors be limited by ductile steel (allure. If this is NOT Re. case, Pert 0.3.3.5 requires that the attachment that the anchor Is connecting to the structure shag be designed so that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding ata load level corresponding to anchorlorcee no greeterthan the controlling design 000391h. In lieu of D.3i3:4 and 0.3.35, the minimum design. strength 0199e anchors shall be nniltiptled by a reduction factor per D.3.3.6. An alternative aitch of design approach to AC( 318.08, Part 0.3,3 b given in IBC 2009, Section 1908.1.9. This approach contain. "Exceptions' that may bo applied in lieu 010.3.3 for applications involving "non structure) components" as detned in ASCE 7, Section 13.4.2. All alternaive anchor design approach to ACI 318.08; Part D.3.31egiven In IBC 2009, Section 1908.1.9.. This approach contains "Exceptions" that maybe applied in lieu of 0.3.3 for applications involving 'Wall out-of-ptane forces* as defined In ASCE 7, EquatIon 12.111 or Equation 12.14-10. •- 810 the responsibility of the user when inputting values for brittle reduction factors (+,.•,d,dy) different than those noted in ACI 318-09, Part 0.3.3.8 )0 determine if they are consistent with the designproyktons of ACI 318-08; ASCE 7 and the gevem(ng building 'ceder Selection of+,„,d,m. = 1.0 as a means of satisfying AC( 318-08. Pert 0.13.5 assumes the user has designed the attachment that the anchor is connecting to undergo ductile yielding at a force level the design strengths calculated per ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Fastening meets the. design .criteria! Iwo data 8mulls =atm etaelad lar oaran,r•h Miser eeb8ec0Nei,r and tar eWYVay1 PROM Arcaw(0) 206340091a7118.01.449e 5enW 000 i• regkiered TraMnmY 4:11 KV AG. Saran arid : Wed apaci Table Notes 1. Capacities based on AISI 5100 Section E4. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. Tabulated values assume two sheets of equal thickness are connected. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD) and include safety factor of 3.0. 4. Where multiple fasteners are used, screws are assumed to have a center -to -center spacing of at least 3 times the nominal diameter (d). 5. Screws are assumed to have a center -of -screw to edge -of -steel dimension of at least 1.5 times the nominal diameter (d) of the screw. Screw Capacities 6. Pull-out capacity is based on the lesser of pull-out capacity in sheet closest to screw tip or tension strength of screw. 7. Pull -over capacity is based on the lesser of pull -over capacity for sheet closest to screw header or tension strength of screw. 8. Values are for pure shear or tension loads. See AISI Section E4.5 for combined shear and pull -over. 9. Screw Shear (Pss), tension (Pts), diameter, and head diameter are from CFSEI Tech Note (F701-12). 10. Screw shear strength is the average value, and tension strength is the lowest value listed in CFSEI Tech Note (F701-12). 11. Higher values for screw strength (Pss, Pts), may be obtained by specifying screws from a specific manufacturer. Thickness (Mils) 18 Qesigo Yield Thickness (ms)µ . Ile , jhs)) EPss = 643lbs, 0.138 "dia, Shear #s 5ctew Pts 0,272".Head Pull -Out Allowable "? = 419 lbs} ` Pull -Over jPss=1278Ills, 0,IM Shear Screw #8 Screw Pts dia, 0.272" Pull -Out Connection =5 86Ibs) Head Pull -Over Capacity (Pss=16441bs, 0.190" Shear 10 Screw Pts dia, 0.340' Pull -Out jibs) =1158lbs) Head Pull -Over (Pss= 2330 0 216" Shear #1z Screw. lbs, PEs dia, 0.340" Pull -Out =2325 lbs) Head Pull -Over (Pss= 3048 0.250" Shear "l: screw lbs, Pts dia, 0.409" Pull -Out = 3201 lbs) Head PuH.Over 27 30 33 0 0188 0 0283 0.0312 33 33 33 33 33 33 44 82 95 24 37 40 84 127 140 48 89 103 29 43 48 84 127 140 52 96 111 33 50 55 105 159 175 55 102 118 38 57 63 105 159 - 175 60 110 - 127 44 66 73 127 191 43 54 68 97 118 54 0.0346 0.0451 0.0566 0.0713 01017 0.1242 33 33 33 33 33 33 45 45 45 45 45 45 151 214 214 214 214 214 61 79 100 125 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 164 244 344 426 426 426 72 94 118 149 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 177 263 370 523 548 548 84 109 137 173 246 301 265 345 386 386 386 386 188 280 394 557 777 777 95 124 156 196 280 342 265 345 433 545 775 775 203 302 424 600 1,016 r 1,016 110 144 180 ` 227 324 211 318 415 521, 656 936 68 97 118 0,0566 0 0713 01017 03242 50 50 50 50 65 65 65 65 214 214 214 214 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 426 426 426 426 171 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 534 548 548 548 198 249 356 386 386 386 386 386 569 777 777 777 225 284 405 494 625 775 775 775 613 866 1,016 1 1,016 396 261 328 468 1,067 752 948 1,067 572 1,067 Table Notes 1. Capacities based on the AISI S100 Specification Sections E2.4 for fillet welds and E2.5 for flare groove welds. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD). 4. Weld capacities are based on E60 electrodes. For material thinner than 68 mil, 0.030" to 0.035" diameter wire electrodes may provide best results. 5. Longitudinal capacity is considered to be loading in the direction of the length of the weld. Weld Capacities 6. Transverse capacity is loading in perpendicular direction of the length of the weld. 7. For flare groove welds, the effective throat of weld is conservatively assumed to be less than 2t. 8. For longitudinal fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-1, E2.4-2, and E2.4-4 was used. 9. For transverse fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-3 and E2.4-4 was used. 10. For longitudinal flare groove welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.5-2 and E2.5-3 was used. Allowable Weld Thickness Design Fu Yiekt Tensile {Mils) Thickness , (ms) jksl) Capacity (lbs / in) Fdletltilelds Longitudinal Transverse Fla move Longitudinal Welds Transverse 43 00451 33 45 54 68 0.0566" 33 45' 97 0.0713 33 45 0.1017 33 45 499 626 789 1125 864 1084 1365 1269 544 682 " 859 663 832 1048 54 0.0566 50 65 68 0.0713 50 65 97 0.1017 50 65 'We/d capacity for materia/ dr/ckness areate_r thou 0 7n ,,,,,...,5--..�,,,_� 905 1140 1269 1566 1972 1269 985 1241 1202 1514 ' _... - �pyright 10 2093 bySS ngJudgmr>nt to determ/ne tog of we5, W7 and W2. ! , 1 t3Ditv.Y1 I, • I ;M 01.41cai.. off StiPPORE ; PER H/$100 i - • • 1H) I_1 D1 ,.., T ' 4 -r-- & 05)W 33pc 113( C z-- i lief 1 (G) . w 5 per-ii\c,4 4264c. ro4'ec4( ABOVE ROOF (a1,1) ./ WT2609 t 74 TtD %.4.7/ w LoF (p)c z,liat,z1 1:1, + :14, 44 muciimp:. U111, SUPPelt • P1:1? 11/5100 (cu -2) ABOVE ROOF WT.A200* (Gv.I) ABOVE ROOF WT,100# I a cvs E ‘‘‘ 0 BELOW ROOF WT -6501 ABOVE ROOF t (MAU- 1) ABOVE ROOF Wro,•150* (c u ) ! ABOVE ROOF rr,J WT -S509 ABOVE ROOF WT=100# 1 t (A) 21 X ( Er -2 ) N7('fl) C (IV -1) Er ,tiCIELOW ROOF WN301:1* z. 3441- t -t• " ; 1.:'5?ENGe::. E SU'PORI BEtowRoof / PER 3/5 r-"*. WI,.21X1t L / allow:100F Wr=450# (VERFV) ••-•` CIO 4414'0 (41) obx9d INA () DESIGNATION SEEL DECK (GREY.) GAGE TOTAL SLAB CONCRETE TOPPING STEEL DECK WELDING PATTERN MAXIMUM UNSHGRED SPAN 18NNC COW CO NC. GTH LOCATION REMARK PERPENDICULAR TQ SUPPORT PER SHEET " (38 WIDE); PARALLEL ENDS- INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT SDEIAP ATTACHMENT ONE sN. -TY10 .SPANS CONT. THREE SPANS CONT. •.• D-1 VERCO W2. FORMLOCK 20 - 4 1/2• 2 1/2' LT WT. CONC. W/WWF. Bx8-W1.4zW1.4 4-3/4'0 - b PUD/LE WELDS 4-3 _4.0 PUDDLEWELDS. -3/4'0 PUDDLE W WELDS O 12' O.C. BUTTON 038 O.C. 8'-0' B'-0' 10'-0' 0-3000 PSI. THEATER MEaN11NE « D-2 FD TA OCK 20 8. W/ ROARS. SEE RMAL WT. EC. REMARK PUDDLE WELDS P 4-3/4'0 WELDS. WELDS PUDDLE2' 0.C. O.C. 9.-0'- 10'-0' 11'-0' t a-3500 PSI. PEDESTRIAN�4p BRIDGES (2ND n..) tr. N 0.C. KWFLUTE CONT. « D-3, VERCO W3 . FORMLACK 20 g• 3' LT: Wi. CONC. W/WWF.8x8-W2.902.9 4-3/4'0 PUDD/4.0 LE WELDS 4-3/4'0 3 4'0.012' 0.0. O C. 9'-8' 10'-8' 11'-B' fce3000 PSI. 2ND Fi.00R AREA LI 'aD=4.FORMLOCK W ) 19 "7 1�2' 8 IDGE BREBARS 5£E REMARK 91JDuLE WELDS PUDDLE 4.OWELDS / WELDS 0 12 O.C. OJBG �.C: 9'-0• 10'-0' 10'-8' fe�350O PSL. BINpig MAj.LOOR AREA &�pNG STR«.D_8, �#4 a .DECK FIDE CONT. AS VERCO W3 FORMLOCK 19 8 S' NORMAL WT. -GONG W/WWF 6x8-W4xW4- ®' 4-3/4.0 PUDDLE WELDS 4-3/4"0; PUDDLE WILLIS "3 470 PUDDLE WELDS 0"12' O.C. BUTTON PUNcH 038" O.C. :8'•=8' ... 9'-6" '10'-0' fcs3600 PSI. 3R0 FLOOR THEATER •ARIBA. SEE PIAN FOR REBARS OF BRIDGES 0-8 VERCO PLB-36 W/SHEARTRANS 18 - - 7-3/4'0 PUDDLE: WELDS 7-3/4.0' " PUDDLE WELDS - 3/4.0 PUDDLE WELDS O :12. 0.C: - VSC PANG VERIES) SEE F1LAN - - - - ROOF AREA SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF 18 GAGE DECK 'LOCATION . PRCMOE B4 024 OC. NEAR BOROM OFDECK ."FLl7TE FOR .ROOF PARKING AREAS. SEE DETAIL 11/574 s. NO CONDUITS SHALL 'BE EMBEDDED 91 CONCRETE TOPPING TYPICAL CONC. TOPPING & STEEL DECK SCHEDULE ta-id P s p -f3 2,14P Fcool sig, DIBBLE ENGINEERS, INC. Project No. Sheet No. Project cimporLE 9Q, Date ,3 Subject tet Byci C' 0". La (4-0 .2' /#5 Via. L, iv tg z. /vU O 7% in. TOTAL SLAB DEPTH D Normal Weight Concrete (145 pcf) 72.5 psf • Galvanized or Phosphatized/Painted ❑ 2 Hour Fire Rating Deck Weight and Section Properties 4 Welds Welds Gage Weight (psf) Id for Deflection Moment Allowable -Reactions per ft of Width (Ib) Single Multiple End Bearing phos! +Sell -Sell g InteriorBearing G60 Painted (in4 /ft) Spans (in:3/ftj (in.3/ft) 2" 3" 4" 4" 6" 7W 22 1.9 1.8 0.736 0.730.36i-8.410 • 383 44 -778 894 908 21 2.1 2.0 0:824 0.824 0.453 0470 461 530 588 934 1070 1126 • 20 ' 2.3 2.2 0.907 0.907 0.510 0.528 540 619 686 1091 1248 1349 19 2.7 • •2.6' 1.067 1.067 0.63.6 0652 724 828 914 1456, 1660' 1791 18 2.9 2.7 1.213. 1.213 0.752 0.768 922 1049 1157 1845 2098 2260 16 3.5 33 1.516 1.516 0:968 0.966 ' 1395 1581 1737 2780. 3143 3377 Allowable Superimposed Loads (psf) Gage Spans UCSI Span (ft -in.) 8'-0" 8'-6" 1 8'-3" 22 2 7'-4" 3 7'-4" 1 8'-11" 2 9'-2" 3 9'-21 9'-7" 20 2 10'-4" 3 10'-8" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 388 1'283 .251 224 200 179 161 144 130 1. 320 283 251 224 200 179 161 144 130 320 283 251 224 200 179 161 144 130 400 378 1'276 247 221 198 179 161 145 21 400 378 344 247 221 198 179 161 145 400 378 344 247 221 198 179 161 145 400 400 367 335 1 240 216 195. 176 60 400 400 367 335 308 1 216 195 176 160. 400 •400 367 335 308 284 195 1.76` 160 400 400 378 347 320 ( 228 207 400 400 378 347 320 296 207 400 400 378 1 11'-0" 400 400 400 400 18 2 12'-5" 400 400 1 19 2 3 10'-6" 400. 11'-5" 400 11'-10" 400 347 .320 296 .275 384 354 327 1 236 400 400 384 354 327 304 3 12'-10" 400 400 400 400 384 354 327 304 1 11'-8" 400 400 400 400 400 400 389 361 16 2 13'-10" 400 400 400 400 400 400 389 361 3 13'-8" 400 400 400 400 400 400 389 361 1 Max. UCS = Maximum Unshored ClearSpan (ft -in.) Allowable Diaphragm Shear Values, q (plf) 13-0" 13'-6" 1'4'-0"" 14'-6" 15'-0" 117 105 95 85 77 69 117 105 95 85 77 69; 117 105 95. 85 ,77 69 107 97 88 79 107• 97 88 79 s- 107 97 88' 79' 119: -108 98 89 119 108- 98 89 119 . .108 98. 89 188 171 156, 143; 130 119 •. 109 188 171 156. 143 130, 119 109 188. 171 156 143 130 119. 109 215 196 180 164 151 138 127 283 196 180. 164 15.1 .138 127 283 264 1 180 164 151 138 127 1 267 245 225 208 191 177 163 336 314 294 276 191 1.77 163 336 314 294 221 191 177 163 Shoring✓equired in -shaded areas to right of heavy line. 131 131 131 145 1.45 145 Gage Welds. Span (ft -in.) 8'-0" 8'-6" 22 q3 2801 2789 q4 2903 .2881 q3 2801 2787 q4 2924 278 290 20 -q3 28O3µ 2789 q4 2946 2919 2896 19 q3 2814 2797 2 q4 2997 -2966 2938 18 q3 2830 2811 2794" q4 3050 :3014 2983 16� q3 2874 2850 -KK 2829. q4. 3169 3125; :3085. PLW3 and W3 FORMLOK de 21 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 13'-0" 13'6" 14'-0" 14'-6 15'-0" 2778 2769 2760 2753 2745 2739 2733 2728 2723 2718 2714 2710.2706 2861 2844 2828 2814 2801 2789 2778 2768 2759: 2750 2742 2735 2728 2776 2765 2756 2747 2739 2732 2726 2720 '2714 2709 2704 2700 2696 0 2878 2859 2841 2825 2811 2798 2786 2775 2765 2755 2746 2738 2731 2776-2764- 2754 2745 2736 2729 2721 2715 -2709 2703 2698 2693 2689 2875 2856 2769 2757 2913 2891 2778 '2765- 2955 7652955 2929 2810 2793 3050 3019 www.vercodeck.com 2838 2823 2746 _ 2736 2871 2853. 2752) 2741 2907 2886 2777 2763 .2990 2964 2808 2795 2727 2718 2836. 2821 273.1 2721 2867 2849 2750 2738 2940 2918' 2783 2772 2762' 2752 2744' 2735 2711 2704 2697 2691 2686 2680 2807 2794 2782 2770 2760 2750 2713 2705 2697 2690 2684 2678 2833 2819 2805 2792 2780 2769 2728 2717 2708 270026922684 -LL 2898 2880' 2863. '2847 2832 2818 cks°with structural concrete fill maybe assumed to have a Flexibility Factor, F < 1.. 1fa Cr-`' `VF4 o 61 —TRW 580000 —User. KW -0602858, Ver 5.8.0, 1 -Dec -2003 (c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software Title : Chipotle Southcenter Dsgnr: JR Description : Scope : Job # 13-7023 Date: 7:22AM, 8 OCT 13 Description Existing Beam [Design Input Y L Section Name Beam Span Beam Spacing Slab Thickness Deck Rib Height Rib Spacing Rib Width Rib Orientation Beam Location Dead Loads Composite Steel Beam Page 1 southcenter: ecw Calculat ions W18X40 30.000 ft 10.000 ft 7.500 in 3.000 in 12.000 in 4.500 in Perpendicular Slab Both Sides Fy f'c Concrete Density Stud Diameter Stud Height 50.00 ksi 3,000.00 psi. 145.00 pcf 0.750 in 6.750 in Beam Weight Added Internally Using Partial Composite Action Elastic;Modulus 29,000.00 ksi (applied before 75% curing) Full Span Uniform Loads... # 1 1.450 k/ft 1 Live Loads (applied after 75% curing) Full Span Uniform Loads... # 1 1.000 k/ft Summary Using: W18X40, Span = 30.00ft, Slab Thickness = 7.500in, Stress Checks. for Shored & Unshored Cases... @ Bottom of Beam Actual = 32,5842 psi Unshored DL Stress Actual = 29,418.1 psi Actual Shear Stress Actual = 6,624.3 psi Unshored Stress Check.... (Mdl/Ss + MII/Strans) Actual = 42,503.7 psi MII / Strans(top) Actual = 299.7 psi Alternate Unshored Stress Check : (Mdl + MII) / Ss Shored Concrete Stress Check....(MdI + MII) / (Strans:top * n) Point Loads... #1 k Point Loads... #1 k Deck:Rib Ht 3.00in, Rib•Spac= LShear Studs & Shear Transfer Tagenumwom Actual # Studs Total req'd 1/2 Span Zone 1 from Zone 2 from Zone 3 from Zone 4 from Zone 5 from Zone 6 from Allowable Allowable = Allowable = Allowable = Allowable = 49,160.8 746:2 OK Shored & Unshored 2.90in, Rib Width= 4.50in w/ Slab I 33;333.0 psi 33,333.0 psi 20,000.0 psi OK" OK OK 45,000.0 psi OK 1,350.0 psi OK 38,000.0 psi 1,350.0, psi 0 per 1/2 beam span Stud Capacity 9 studs Vh @ 100% 0.000 ft 5.000 ft 10.000 ft 15.000 ft 20.000 ft 25.000 ft to to to to to to 11.50 k 295.00k 5.000 ft 10.000 ft 15.000 ft 20.000 ft 25.000 ft 30.000 ft. , Use , Use , Use ,Use Use , Use 3 studs 4 studs 2 studs. 2 studs 4 studs 3 studs V'h : min Vh : Used 95.91 k 103:50 k Rev: 580000, User: KW -0602858, Ver 5.8.0, 1 -Dec -2003 (c)1983-2003 ENERCALCEngineering. Software Description Existing Beam Deflections Title : Chipotle Southcenter Dsgnr: JR Description : Scope;: Job # 13-7023 Date: 7:22AM, 8 OCT 13 Composite Steel Beam Page 2 southcenter. ecw. Calculations I : Transformed Before 75 %Curing Construction Loads Only After 75% Curing Total Uncured Deflection Composite Deflection Reactions. 2,563.23 in4` Shored 0.529 in (afershores removed) 0:000 in 0:355 in 0.529 in : L / 679.9 0.885 in : L / 406.7 Load Combinations... Dead + Constuction Composite Max DL + LL Analysis Values Maximum Moments Dead Load Alone Dead +:Const Live Load Only Dead +.Live Support Shears Shear @ Left Shear .@ Right Left 22.35k 15.00 k .3735 k 1 : Effective Unshored 1.529 in 0.000 in 0.355 in 1:529 in : L/ 235.4 1.885in L/ 191.0 1,767.76in4 Cad Right 22.35 k 15:00 k 37.35 k 167.63 k -ft• 167.63 k -ft 112.50 k -ft .280.13 k=ft 37.35 k. 37.35 k Fb :.Allow n.: Strength n: Deflection: 33.00 psi 9.29 9:19 Effective Flange Width... Based on Beam Span 7.500 ft Based on BeamSpacing10:000ft Effective Width 7500 ft DIBBLE ENGINEERS, INC. Project G,. PCS rLe .5,1201+ f.E f,..1 1'EI�L Subject F'ho o pf s 5 pry o so sUOpvie. nNCS ... .st4sPe.,64tom SAI tr Project No. 13-'1023 Sheet No. Date 1 0113 to 13 z 5i 7 it 22s .444,._ _..: P1000 & P1001 Channels P1000 • BEAM LOADING Deft. at Uniform Loading at Deflection ax. Allowable Uniform Span Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 In Lbs to Lbs Lbs Lbs 24 36 48.. _- 850 60 680 72 560 1,690 1,130 0.06 0.13 0.22 0.35 0.50 84 480 0.68 96 420 0.89 108 380 1.14 120 340 1.40 144 280 2.00 168 240 2.72 192 210 3.55 216 190 4.58 240 170 5.62 1,690 1,690 1,690 1,130 1,130 900 500 320 220 160 250 190 130 200 150 100 160 120 80 110 80 60 80 60 40 60 50 NR 50 40 NR 40 NR NR 850 760 650 480 450 340 330 250 P1000 - COLUMN LOADING Max. Allowable Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Unbraced Load at Pp Height ; Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2 it Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs 24 3,550 10,740 9,890 8,770 7,740 36 3,190 8,910 7,740 6,390 5,310 48 2,770 7,260 6,010 4,690 3,800 60 2,380 5,910 4.690 3,630 2,960 72 2,080 4,840 3,800 2,960 2,400 84 1,860 4,040 3,200 2,480 1,980 96 1,670 3,480 2,750 2,110 1,660 108 1,510 3,050 2,400 1,810 "" 120 1,380 2,700 2,110 "" 144 1,150 2,180 1,660 P10001P1001 - ELEMENTS OF SECTION Parameter P1000 Area of Section Axis 1-1 Moment of Inertia (I) 0.185 Ino 0.928 In' Section Modulus (5) 0.202 Ina 0.571 In, Radius of Gyration (r) 0.577 In 0.914 In Axis 2-2 Moment of Inertia (I) 0.236 In' 0.471 In' Section Modulus (S) 0.290 In 0.580 Ina Radius of Gyration (r) 0.651 in 0.651 In 0.555 In, 1.111 In, artling System P1001 - BEAM LOADING UNISTRUT Deft. at Uniform Loading at Deflection Max. Allowable Uniform Span Uniform Load Load Span/180 Span/240 Span/360 In Lbs In Lbs Lbs Lbs 24 3,500' 36 3,190 48 2,390 60 1,910 72 1,600 84 1,370 96 1,200 108 1,060 120 960 144 800 168 680 0.02 3,500' 3,500" 3,500' 0.07 3,190 3,190 3,190 013 2,390 2,390 2,390 0.20 1,910 1,910 1,620 0.28 1,600 0.39 1,370 0.51 1,200 0.64 1,000 0.79 810 1.14 560 1.53 _.._ . 410 192 600 2.02 320 216 530 2.54 250 240 480 3.16 200 1,600 1,130 1,240 830 950 630 750 500 610 410 420 280 310 210 240 160 190 130 150 100 P 00 - COLUMN LOADING Unbraced Max. LoadAllowable Maximum Column Load Applied at C.G. Height at Slot Face K = 0.65 K = 0.80 K =1.0 K = 1.2 In Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs 24 6,430 24,280 23,610 22,700 21,820 36 6,290 22,810 21,820 20,650 19,670 48 6,160 21,410 20,300 18,670 16,160 60 6,000 20,210 18,670 15,520 12,390 72 5,620 18,970 16,160 12,390 8,950 84 5,170 16,950 13,630 9,470 6,580 96 4,690 14,890 11,190 7,250 5.040 108 4,170 12,850 8,950 5,730 3,980 120 3,690 10,900 7,250 4,640 144 2,930 7,630 5,040 `" Notes: " Load limited by spot weld shear. "" KL/r > 200 NR = Not Recommended. 1. Beam loads are given in toa/uniform load (W Lbs) not uniform load (w lbs/ft or w Ibs/in). 2, Beam loads are based on a simple span and assumed to be adequately laterally braced. Unbraced spans can reduce beam load carrying capacity. Refer to Page 56 for reduction factors for unbraced lengths. 3. For pierced channel, multiply beam loads by the following factor: "KO" Series 95% "T" Series 85% "HS" Series 90% "SL" Series 85% "H3" Series 90% "DS" Series 70% 4. Deduct channel weight from the beam loads. 5. For concentrated midspan point loads, multiply beam loads by 50% and the corresponding deflection by 80%. For other load conditions refer to page 18. 6, At beam loads are for bending about Axis 1-1. UNISTRUT LATERAL BRACING LOAD REDUCTION CHARTS Span Ft. 10. i,1311 2/26'. 24 557; 3 (691) 35i33 4 2..?2) 48 (722) 5)I. 521 60(2'. 6 (7.83) 72 (783) 7 ((.13) 84 (213 8Y31; 96 (244) 9)2//, 108(3 TO 10 (3.05) 120(3655 12(755:1 144 0,6,57 14 (4.;:') 168 (12/7 16 (4.55f) 192 (4855 1823:9/ 216/3:3) 20 (6. 707 240 (614. Single Channel P1000 P1100 P2000 P3000 P3300 P4000 P4100 P5000 P5500 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.99 0.94 0.89 0.88 0.96 1.00 0.94 0.98 0.85 0.89 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.91 1.00 0.88 0.94 0,70 0.77 2E1 0.68 0.61 0.88 0.98 0.83 0.91 0.55 0.67 0.78 0.59 0.48 0.84 0.97 0.79 0.89 0.44 0.58 0.75 0.52 0.41 0.82 0.96 0.75 0.86 0.38 0.51 0.71 0.47 0.35 0.79 0.94 0.72 0.84 0.33 0.46 0.69 0.43 0.32 0.77 0.93 0.69 0.82 0.30 0.42 0.66 0.40 0.29 0.75 0.92 0.66 0.80 0.28 0.40 0.61 0.36 0.25 0.70 0.89 0.60 0.76 0.24 0.36 0.55 0.32 0.23 0.66 0.86 0.55 0.73 0.22 0.32 0.51 0.30 0.21 0.62 0.84 0.50 0.69 0.21 0.30 0.47 0.28 0.19 0.58 0.81 0.47 0.65 0.19 0.28 0.44 0.26 0.18 0.54 0.78 0.43 0.61 0.18 0.26 BEARING LOADS ON UNISTRUT CHANNEL Double Channel P1001 P1101 P2001 P3001 P3301 P4001 P4101 P5001 P5501 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.98 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.97 0.98 0.97 0.93 0.92 0.98 1.00 0.93 0.96 0.90 0.93 0.93 0.87 0.85 0.95 0.97 0.88 0.92 0.83 0.87 0.89 0.82 0.78 0.92 0.95 0.83 0.89 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.76 0.71 0.88 0.92 0.79 0.85 0.68 0.76 0.81 0.70 0,64 0.85 0.90 0.74 0.81 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.65 0.57 0.82 0.87 0.69 0,78 0.54 0.64 0.70 0.54 0.45 0.76 0.82 0.60 0.71 0.43 0.53 0.63 0.45 0.38 0.70 0.78 0.51 0.64 0.35 0.45 0.56 0.39 0.32 0.64 0.73 0.44 0.57 0.30 0.39 0.49 0.34 0.28 0.58 0.68 0.39 0.50 0.27 0.34 0.44 0.31 0.25 0.52 0.63 0.35 0.45 0.24 0.30 Loads are calculated based on 2007 Specification For The Design Of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members published by AtSI LOAD LOAD LOAD Channel P1000 P1100 P2000 Bearing Length 11/4'. (41 mm) Maximum Allowable Loads Lbs Bearing Length 11/4" (41 mm) Maximum Allowable Loads Its .155" 6,700 3,100 7,700 Bearing Length 31/4" (82 mm) Maximum Allowable Loads Lbs 272 3 79 34.25 3,500 1,700 4000 7,557 7.56 2,500 1,200 3,000 P3000 6,700 3,200 7,700 2680 34.25 P3300 6,800 3,200 7,800 .3),'» P4000 2,600 1,200 3,000 7237 7,; P4100 P4100 3,500 1,800 4,100 P5000 P5500 15-,.,5 77-07 6,500 3,000 7,500 274 '2 I 57. 34 73. 36 6,600 3,100 7,600 2936 737,9 .25']! 56 Frarrting System • www.htltl.ue Company: Dibble Engineers Spendler.. JR'. Address: 1029 Market St, Kirkland, WA Phone I Far: 1 E -Mail:, 141La1 Oats; Profls Anchor 2.4.0 ChlppOd8outhcarder Unit f 0!82013 Page: Project Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Suspended Un 0pooifier's 'co mmon Ls: 1 Input data Anchor typo and diameter: Kwik Bolt 12 • CS 3/8 (2) Effective embedment depth. h„= 2000 i0,,ty„„= 2.313 M. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service. Report: ESR -1917 Issued l Valla; 51120131 5/1/2015 Proof: design method ACI 3181 AC193, 'Stand-off tlttatlation: ee a 0 000 m (no stand-off): t = 0,500 M. Anchor plate: 1, =I, 01= 3 0001n. x 6,000 10. x 0,50010; (Recommended plate thickness:' not calculated) Pm91e: no pro:de Bass maternal: cracked concrete, 3000, 1,' = 3000 psi, n = 7 500 0. Reinforcement tension emotion 8, shear condition 8 no suppiementa(splMOq reinforcement present edge reinforcement'. none Or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, 0, E, or F) yes (03.36) Geometry pn.) 8 Loading (lb. In.lb) 00 z 1103 dab and nab mm bodx•Yedfor*enema .ene„eaje,g ,30Mns,dbPbusl35t PROM Anchor (a 20010000)CJ AO R4411 adaan Iia) 30 rostered TndemandHia 40.3d„en www.hiltLus .Company. Dibble Engineers Speclfter: JR Address: 1029 Market St, Kirkland, WA Phone 1 Fax> I E -Mail:: Profls Anchor 2.4.0' Page:. 2. Project: Chlpotle Southcenter Sub -Project I Pos.'No:: .Suspended Unit Date: 10/8!2013 .2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions (Ib) Tension force:laTensbn, .Compressian) Anchor .Tension'force Shear force Shear force it Shear forcey '1 150 '9 • _.) 2 '130 0 0 0 max. concrete compressive strain: -'Ni1'. max.' concrete compressive stress: - (Ps) resulting tension. force In (x/yp(0.000I0.000): 260 (Ib) resulting compression. 10100 In (xy)=(0.000/0.000): 0 (ib) 3 Tension Toad Lead N,,,.(Ib).. Capadty``N„ as) Utilization ry,,= N,/gN, Status Steel Strentife `)30 48YS 8 Olt Pullout Strength- 130 485 27 OK Concrete Breakout Strength" 260 770 34 OK 'anchor having the highest loading "anchor group (anchors intension) 3.1 Steel Strength N„ -= ESR. value rater to ICC -E8 ESR.1917 3 Na,a z. N„ ACI 318-06 Eq. (0-1) Variables n A.., fin!) fw(pall 0.05 125000 Calculations N., (Ib) 6500 Results N (Ib) 4",�.:N. (Ib) �_ 65d1s-- 0.750-- 4875 3.2 Pullout Strength Np„L =NaasolJ2t� refer to ICC -ES ESR -1917 4'A a N,,, ACI 318-08 Ea (0-1) Variables (Pail Np.25W ((5) —TOM— 2270— Calculations 7560 1.095 Reedits 7487 0.650 9.75b --¢immy. - Q N455(Ib) Nb0__ " dots rad mWamogbidaobd 6r graamae ratline a IOMr0Tbe skf°, r•Rabitrt PROMS Aa„,t 012t0a-t009lei AO,P,8/M 90100o Nib.. NONsr..Tt dopo5 0 K1100.3dnwi • waw.51111.51 Company: Specifier. Address: Phone I fax: E -Mail: Dibble. Engineers JR 1029 Market St., Kirkland, WA Page: Project: Sub -Project l Pos. No.: Date: Profs Anchor 2.4.0 3 ChipotIe Southcenter Suspended Unit 10//2013 3.3 Concrete Breakout Strength p.:a yr.ly Ne,u' 00 No ACI 318.08 Eq. (0.51 j Nobe x N ACI 318-08 Eq. (0-1) ;Aw see ACI 318-08, Part 0.5.2,1, FIg. 1)0.5.2.1(5) ACI 318-08 Eq. (040 V.ce =(1r�cw)51A -ACI 318:08 Eq. (D•9) =0.7 + 0.3 (.'"g,..") 81.0 ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-11) Y'r.N =5V65(c ,o) S 1.0 ACI 318-08 Eq. (0.13) Ne =kxfh'es ACI 318-08 Eel:(D-7) Variables h.0.) emn(inl ea ((n.) c.,x[10.1 2.000 8.080 0.000 = 9h: i 4.000 i Calculations Awnn-t1 A,ac-(in.rj —`37;60 ---35'80 - 4/000 Results Nrgnb( 3950. ,650 0.750 1 0 0 mog776(ro( 1, N289 N, nbr 28 ,84 brie mb.nd mm..a no- am.rar•ornwna0 with the a.4tha eendebrn and larpbu.altl/! PROM Anebvt .)203}18W101 AO. Pl•190 swan Han a(*wedn.d.m•000H.0oa,swan 1aww.hllt(.us *1111111arrt Profs Anchor 2.4.0 Company, Specifier. Ad4,088: Phone I Fats: E -Mall: Dibble Engineers JR 1029 Market SL, Kirkland, WA Page: Project Sub -Project I Poe. No.: Date: - 4 Chipotle Soutncenter Suspended Unit 10/8/2013 4 Shear load Load V. pb) Capacity V= (Ib) Utifizatbn W a V.,l4V. Statue Steel Strength' N/A Steel failure(with lever arm• N/A N/A NIA N/A Pryout Strength' NIA N/A N/A WA Concrete edge failure In direction " N/A. 14/9. N/A. N/A • anchor having the highest loading •'andhor group (relevant anchors) 5 Warnings • To avoid failure of the anchor plate the required thlcknesscan be calculated in PROFIE Anchor. Load re -distributions on the enchain due to elasticdetonnations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! • -Condllion A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The 40 factor is increaeedtfor non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout - Strength and Pryout strength. Condition S applies when supplementary reinforcement Is not used and tar Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength: Refer to your local standard. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and Installation instructions, • Checkslg the transfer of loads Into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with AC1318 or the relevant standard) . An An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C:13, E orf is given In ACI 318-08 Appendix D, Part 0.3.3.4 that requires the governing design ebength of an anchor or group of enchant ba (kneed, by ductile,steel failure: If this is NOT the case, Part 6.3.3.5 requires that the attachment that the anchor is connecting to the structure Shall be designed so that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding et a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the cotdro8ln8 damps sbength. In lieu 010.3.3,4 and 0.3.3.5, -lit13.4:2.e min6numign desslrongth of tn. anchanahallbe multiplied by a reduction factor perD.3,3,5. An attematve anchor deslgoapproach.to ACI 318-08; Pan D.3.3 le given In 060 2008, Secdon 9908.1.9. This. approach contains rExeepdons" that may bd eppktl N lieu of 0.3.3 for appllcallonsinvbioing "non-sirumural components -xis defined (n ASCE 7, Section An • attemauve anchordesignapproach to ACI 318-08, Pan 0.3.3 b ghien In 18C•2009,:Section1908.1.9. This approacn contains 'Exceptions"that. may be applied In lieu of 0.3(3 for applications InvoNlng "roll out-okplane (orcea" ae defined In ASCE 7, Equation 12.11.1 or Equation.12,14-10.' • 8 is the responsib(57 of the user when inputting values for bntile7educt(on tactors di/tem0( then those noted In ACI 318.08, Part 0.3.3.13tc determine.lf theyare consistent withthe des(pnprovabne0/ ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 end the governing building code. Selection 614,„„,s,,,.. 1.0 est means.of sathyingAC) 318-08, Part 0.3.3:5 assumesthe user ha1dos(gned the attachment that the anchor le:connectingato undergo ductile yielding. eta force level n= the design strengths calculated. per ACI 318.08, Pan 0,3.3,3. Fastening meets the design. criteria! Mpg data and rn.b roup too 0,00=1 br gement ve tM inners oo,0Aans end to *,0600"! P0OpIS r.chn 10) 2aa}0aaa14tl' A0, airs 041110n 461(6 • regaterad ir0G.nwa .21+080.0.1020 Mechanical Summar MECH-SUM 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 ProjeCElVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER Project Address Southcenter Mall 10/7/2013 2600 Southcenter Mall FC -2 Fof ipt se Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Andy Paroline Applicant Address: 3617 SW Charlestown St. Seattle, WA 98126 Applicant Phone: 206-719-0339 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. FALSE This space will utilize one air handler with electric heat. two cooking exhaust fans, (1) Type 1 and (1) Type 2. be provided though a supply plenum on the Type 1 hoo There will be Makeup air will . RDEEVIEWE( ®� Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning provisions per ectioonn CQUfir Compliance Option OCT 3 0 , Equipment Schedules Cooling Equipment Schedule Ci of Tull Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name1 Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu/h OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 ettatr INIsitpil Qernnpfy. Exception6 Y/N AH -1 Ai ndler HaHeating Trane 4TWA3-60 63 500 11 No N Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name1 Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu/h OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency4 Heat Recovery Y/N AH -1 andler Trane TAM7B0 51182 500 Electric Electric 90 N Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name1 Model No.1 CFM SP1 HP/BHP Flow Control5 Location of Service EF -1 E he 1 au1t CaptiveAire DU85HFA 1800 1.20 0.75 Yes Roof EF -2 e 2 Exhaust CaptiveAire DU30HFA 475 0.30 0.25 Yea Roof MAU-1 Up Aire CaptiveAire D76 1175 0.80 1.50 Yea Roof Service Water Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name1 Model No.1 Input Capacity Sub- Category EF7 Location of Service DWH-1 Gas Water Heater AO Smith BTA -150 150 0.85 Storage Room Y FOR LIANCE ED 013 rila ISION UI3-31°I Mechanical Permit .Plans Checklist - Page 1 of 3 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Address Southcenter Mall Date 10/7/2013 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for commercial provision compliance with the 2012 WSEC. NOTE: Define print area in Excel prior to printing MECH-CHK pacges. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL PROVISIONS Equipment Sizing & Performance N.A. .. 040321 Load calculations Load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent per Chapter 3 - Yes C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Output capacity of heating and cooling equipment and systems do not exceed calculated loads, note exceptions taken M200 Yes C403.2.5 Minimum ventilation Ventilation (natural or mechanical) provided per IMC; indicate mechanical ventilation is capable of being reduced to minimum requirement per IMC M 100 Yesmechanical 0403.2.3 & C403.2.3.2 & C403.2.12.1 Equipment minimum efficiency Provide equipment schedules or complete MECH- SUM tables with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard (or other efficiency source) for all equipment M200 N.A. C403.2.13 Electric motor efficiencyProvide equipment schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency for all motors; note except. - N.A. C403.2.10 Fan power limitation Fan system motor hp or bhp does not exceed limits per Table C403.2.10.1(1) - Yes C403.2.10.3 & C403.2.13 Fractional hp fan motors Indicate fan motors 1/12 to 1 hp are ECM type or meet minimum efficiency req. M200 N.A. 0403.2.3 Maximum air cooled chiller capacity Indicate air-cooled chiller capacity does not exceed air-cooled chiller limit - N.A. C403.2.1 Non-standard water- cooled chillers Full -load and NPLV values for water-cooled centrifugal chiller adjusted for non-standard operational conditions - N.A. C403.2.12.1.2 Centrifugal fan cooling towers Large capacity cooling towers with centrifugal fan(s) meet efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers - N.A. .. 040323 Forced air furnace and unit heaters Indicate intermittent ignition or IID, Flue/draft damper & jacket loss - Yes C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heatinq/coolinq List equipment required to be heat pumps on schedule M200 N.A. C403.2.3.4 Humidification _ Indicate method of humidification (note requirements for systems with economizer) - HVAC System Controls & Criteria Yes C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls indicate locations of thermostatic control zones on plans, including perimeter systems M100 N.A.supplementary C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump heat Indicate staged heating (compression/supplemental) & outdoor lock -out temp - N.A. C403.2.4.2 Setpoint overlap (deadband) Indicate 5°F deadband minimum for systems controlling both heating & cooling - Yes C403.2.4.3 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone t -stat controls with required automatic setback & manual override M1 00 Yes C403.2.4.3.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equip start time to match load conditions M200 N.A. C402.4.5.2 & C403.2.4.4 Dampers Indicate location of OSA, exhaust, relief and return air dampers; include AMCA rated leakage and control type (motorized or gravity; note exceptions taken) - N.A. C403.2.11 Heating outside a building Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls _ N.A. C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate shut-off controls based on outdoor conditions _ N.A C403.2.4.6 Combustion heating equipment Indicate modulating or staged control - N.A. C403.2.4.7 Group R1 hotel/motel systems Indicate method for guest room automatic setback & set-up of 5°F minimum - N.A. C403.2.4.8 / 9 Group R2/R3 dwelling unit systems Indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats in primary spaces with minimum of two setback periods; note exceptions taken - N.A. C403.2.5.1 Demand controlled ventilation Indicate high -occupancy spaces and systems requiring DCV - Yes C403.2.5.2 Occupancy sensors Indicate spaces requiring occupancy -based system control and method; or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when partially occupied M100 N.A. C403.2.5.3 Enclosed loading dock/parking garage ventilation Indicate enclosed loading dock and enclosed parking garage ventilation system activation and control method - Yes C403.2.5.4.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate kitchen hoods requiring make-up air; indicate make-up air source and conditioning method M200 N.A. C403.2.5.4.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Indicate lab exhaust systems requiring heat recovery, method & efficiency; or alternative method taken (VAV, semi -conditioned makeup, or CERM calculation) - N.A. C403.2.6.1 Energy recovery - ventilation systems Indicate ventilation systems requiring ER, method & efficiency; note exceptions - N.A.condensate C403.2.6.2 Energy recovery - systems Indicate on-site steam heating systems requiring energy recovery - N•A•condenser C403.2.6.3 Energy recovery - systems Indicate remote refrig. condensers requiring ER and use of captured energy - Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 2 of 3 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Address Southcenter Mall Date 10/7/2013 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for commercial provision compliance with the 2012 WSEC. NOTE: Define print area in Excel prior to printing MECH-CHK pages. ApplicabilityCode (yes,no,na) Section ' Code Provision Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL PROVISIONS, CONTINUED HVAC System Controls & Criteria, Continued N.A. 0403212 .. Variable flow control - fans/pumps Indicate fan & pump motors requiring VF control & method (VSD or equiv controls) - N.A. C403.2.12.1 Variable flow control - cooling towers Indicate cooling tower fans requiring variable flow control and method - N.A. 0403.2.12.2 Large volume fan systems Indicate fan systems requiring airflow reduction based on heating and cooling demand; or exception taken - Yes 0403.2.12.2 Single zone AC systems Indicate method of cooling demand -based fan control for sys. > 110,000 btuh M200 N.A. C403.2.4.10 DDC system capabilities Identify all DDC system input/output control points and indicate capability for trending and demand response setpoint adjustment - Ducting Systems Yesrequirements C403.2.7.1 & C403.2.7.3 Duct construction Indicate all ductwork constructed and sealed per IMC, C402 leakage requirements and IBC vapor retarder MPO11 N.A.classifications C403.2.7.3.1-3 Duct pressure Identify location of low, medium and high pressure ductwork on plans - C403.2.7.3.3 High pressure duct leakagetest leakage.test Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test results to jurisdiction when completed - Yes C403.2.7.1 / 2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on ductwork MP011 Piping Systems Yes C403.2.8 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping MP010 Yes C403.2.8.1 Piping insulation exposed to weather Indicate method of protection from damage/degredation MPO1 0 SIMPLE SYSTEMS Qualifying Systems N.A. C403.3 Qualifying single zone systems ye' Ily Limos UI pol.Ildl9CU C.lUIpIlIC1ll UUC] 11U1 C1ll.CCU capacity limits, does not have active humidifcation or - N.A.heating C403.3 Qualifying 2 -pipe systems Verify 2 -pipe heating -only system does not exceed capacity limits - N.A. C403.3.2 controls Hydropic system Refer to Complex Systems Section C403.4.3 - Simple System Economizers N.A. C403.3.1 Air economizer required Indicate cooling systems requiring economizer controls; note in equip sched. - N.A.OSA, C403.3.1.1.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA control capability up to 100% or exception - N.A.limit C403.3.1.1.3 Air economizer high controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method per Table C403.3.1.1.3(2) - N.A. C403.1.1.2 Integrated air economizer operation Indicate capability for partial air economizer operation for systems with capacity > 65,000 btuh - N.A. C4033.1 . Air economizer exceptions Indicate eligible exception(s) taken and provisions to comply with exception(s) _- COMPLEX SYSTEMS Complex System Economizers N.A. C403.4.1 Air economizer required Indicate cooling systems requiring economizer controls; note in equip sched. - N.A. C403.4.1.4 Economizer heating system impact Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating energy usage during normal operation - N.A. C403.4.1.3 Integrated economizer operation Indicate capability for partial economizer operation for air or water econo systems - N.A. Moved Water economizer capacity Indicate water econo capable of 100% cooling capacity at 50°F db/45°F wb OSA - N.A. C403.4.1.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate precooling coils and heat exchangers do not exceed pressure drop limit - C403.3.1 Air economizer exceptions Indicate eligible exception(s) taken and provisions to comply with exception(s) - Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 3 of 3 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Address Southcenter Mall Date 10/7/2013 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for commercial provision compliance with the 2012 WSEC. NOTE: Define print area in Excel prior to printing MECH-CHK pages. Applica bility (yes,no, na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes COMPLEX SYSTEMS, CONTINUED Specific System Requirements N.A. C403.4.2& C403.2.12 Variable flow control fans Indicate fans requiring variable flow control and method _ N.A.pressure C403.4.2.1 VAV fan static sensors Indicate sensor locations on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch N.A.pressure C403.4.2.2 VAV fan static setpoint Indicate fan system static pressure setpoint based on zone requiring most pressure - N.A. C403.4.5 VAV systems serving multi-zones Indicate supply air systems serving multiple zones that are required to be VAV, method of primary air control, and zones served; note exceptions taken - N.A. C403.4.5.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls that automatically reset supply air temp in response to loads N.A. C403.4 Large capacity cooling systems Indicate method of multi-stage or variable control for building cooling system capacity > 300 tons - N.A. . C4034.7 Hot gas bypass limitation Indicate cooling equipment unloading or capacity modulation method - N.A. C403.4.3 Large capacity boiler systems Indicate multi-stage or modulating burner for single boilers > 500,000 btuh N.A. C40343 .. Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers - N.A. C403.4.3.5 Chiller /boiler plant pump isolation Indicate capability to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through chillers & boilers when not in use - N.A. C403.4.2 & C403.4.3.6 Variable flow control pumps Indicate pumps requiring variable flow control & method - N.A. C403.2.12.1 & C403.4.4 Variable flow control - cooling towers Indicate cooling tower fans requiring variable flow control and method - N.A. C403.4.3.4 Hydronic system part load controls Indicate heating & chilled water systems have the capability to automatically reset supply water temp AND reduce flow by z 50% for systems > 300,000 btuh - N.A.systems C403.4.3.2 Two-pipe changeover Indicate deadband, heating/cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range - N.A. C403.4.3.3.1 Water loop heat pump deadband Indicate capability of central equipment to provide min. 20°F water supply temp deadband between heat rejection N.A. C403.4.3.3 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection Provide heat exchanger that separates cooling tower and heat pump loop in Climate Zone 5 N.A. C403.4.3.3.3 Water loop heat pump isolation Indicate 2-way isolation valve on each heat pump and variable flow control for systems with total pump power > N.A. .. C40346 Condenser water heat recovery Indicate system provided to pre-heat service water and efficiency - N.A.sweat C403.5 Cooler / freezer - anti- heaters Indicate w/sf & control method for walk-in cooler/freezer door anti-sweat heaters Yes C403.5 / 6 Cooler / freezer - evaporator and Indicate motor type for evaporator and condenser fans < 1 hp M200 SERVICE WATER HEATING Service Water Systems Yes C404.2 Water-heating equip min. efficiency Provide equipment schedule or complete MECH-SUM table with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard (or other P200 Yes C404.3 Temperature controls Indicate temperature controls have required setpoint capability P300 N.A. C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply & discharge - Yes C404.5 Insulation under water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under tank P300 Yes C404.6 Service water piping insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping; note exceptions taken MP010 N.A. C404.7 / 8 Circulation systems and heat trace shut- off Indicate shut-off capability based on occupancy and periods of limited demand - N.A. C404.9 Group R-2 service hot water meters Indicate method of usage metering for dwell. units served by central HW system - Pools & In-Ground Permanently Installed Spas N.A.eff. C404.10.1 Pool heating equip min. efficiency Provide equipment schedule or complete MECH-SUM table with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard (or other source); heat pump heaters z 4 COP - N.A. C404.10.1 / 2 Pool heater on / off controls Indicate automatic on/off control based on scheduling & accessible on/off switch on heater that operates - N.A. C404.10.3 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover and insulation rating as required - N.A. C404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation Indicate rating of insulation on sides and bottom of pools heated to > 90°F - N.A. C404.10.4 Heat recovery Indicate method, exhaust air temperature reduction and recovered energy use - Interior Lighting Summary LGT-SUM 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Info Project Address Southcenter Mall Date 10/7/2013 2600 Southcenter Mall FC -2 For Building Department Use PILE co PA - Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Andy earoline Applicant Address: 3617 SW Charlestown St. Seattle WA 98126 pez.rw Applicant Phone: 206-719-0339 N. Project Description Tenant improvement of restaurant spa( Lighting Compliance Path Interior Lighting Compliance Option REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE 1 Interior Lighting System Description Briefly describe lighting system type and features. APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 Cityof Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Additions and Change of Space Use (C101.4.3 & C101.4.4) Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting wattage of Addition or Change of Use scope. Provide applicable lighting controls per C405.2 and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Alterations, Renovations and Repairs (C101.4.3.1) Provide Building Area Method (LTG -INT -BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage of project scope Provide Space -by -space Method (LTG -INT -SPACE) Compliance Form. Document existing total wattage in space and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage of project scope Provide applicable manual lighting controls (C405.2.1), occupancy sensors (C405.2.2.2), daylight zone controls (C405.2.2.3), specific application controls (C405.2.3), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13 Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 r r-, ala #% &,Trl1 Y Interior Lighting Summary - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -SPACE 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Info Project Address Southcenter Mall Date 10/7/2013 0 2600 Southcenter Mall Fc -2 For Building Department Use 0 Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Andy Paroline Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Space Type` Allowed Watts per ft2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) 101-102,104 Food preparation 0.99 572 566 106 Office - Enclosed 1.11 25 28 107 Storage 0.63 96 60 103 Sales area 1.68 122 205 Atrium++ Enter Height: 0.00 0 Retail Display Allowance from LGT-INT-DISPLAY 450 0 Area Allowed Watts Total 815 1309 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Fixture Description (Include exempt equipment per Note 3) Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 104-107 Al - 2'3E2' Lensed Troffer (3) 17W T5 9 51 459 101-103 B1 - Recessed Can (1) 12W PAR38 LED 17 12 204 101-103 C1 - 2' (1) 14W T5 Low Profile Fluorescent 5 14 70 101-102 C2 - 3' (1) 21W T5 Low Profile Fluorescent 2 21 42 0 0 0 0 0 0 Retail Display Lighting from LGT-INT-DISPLAY 450 To al Proposed Watts 1225 Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG -INT -DISPLAY 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Info Project Address Southcenter Mall Date 10/7/2013 0 2600 Southcenter Mall FC -2 For Building Department Use 0 Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Andy Paroline Maximum Allowed Display Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Space Type' Allowed Watts per ft2 " Gross Interior Area in ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) 101-103 Retail 1: All unclaaified retail display 0.60 122 73 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 Area Area Watts Total 122 73 Display Allowance Proposed Display Lighting Wattage Only separately controlled display fixtures complying with C405.5.2(2) footnote A may entered here 450 Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Display Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 101-103 Lighted Sign 1 450 450 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To al Proposed Watts 450 Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checkli LTG-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project AddressSouthcenter Mali Date 10/7/2013 Applicability (yes, no, n.a. Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section C405 2) Yes C405.2.1 Manual lighting controls Lighting control schedule with type, locations served, 50% lighting reduction method E100 N.A. C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Lighting systems automatic shut-off capability - indicate method and location served on plans. Note locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other method (occupancy sensor, daylight controls, etc) - N.A. Override switching Schedule with locations served - no single override exceeds an area of 5,000 SF _switch Yes C405.2.2.2 Occupancy sensors Schedule of locations served E100 N.A. C405.2.2.3 Daylight zones - N.A. Vertical fenestration Primary and secondary daylight zone areas indicated on plans - N.A. Skylights Skylight daylight zone areas indicated on plans - N.A. C405.2.2.3.2 Daylight zone controls Lighting control schedule with dimming method and locations served - no single daylight control zone exceeds 2,500 SF - N.A. C405.2.3 Specific application controls Specific application lighting controls are independent of general area lighting and controls for other lighting applications - Yes Means of egress lighting Lighting control schedule with method and locations served. Note luminaires that function as both normal and egress. E100 Yes Display lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served E100 N.A. Accent lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations _served N.A. Hotel/motel guest rooms Lighting control schedule with type and locations served _ N.A. Supplemental task lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served _ N.A. Non-exempt lighting equipment Lighting control schedule with type, applications served and locations _ N.A. Non-exempt lighting equipment Lighting control schedule with type, applications served and locations _ N.A. C405.2.4 Exterior lighting controls Lighting control schedule with type, features and location served - INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (Section C405.5) Yes C405.5.1 Total connected lighting power Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture E100 N.A. Space exceptions Space exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form _ N.A. Lighting equipment exceptions Equipment exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form - Yes C405.5.2 Lighting power calculations N.A. Building Area Method Compliance form completed - proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage - Yes Space-By-Space Method Compliance form completed - total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage LTG-INT Yes C405.4 Exit signs All internally illuminated exits sign are < 5 watts per side E100 EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (Section C405.6) N.A. C405.6.2 Total connected lighting power Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture - N.A. Exterior application exceptions Exterior application exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form - N.A. Lighting power calculations Compliance form completed - proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed max. allowed - N.A. C405.6.1 Exterior building grounds lighting Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture; lumens per watt for fixtures > 100 watts - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS (Sections C405.7 ,C405.9, C405.12, C409.2.1) Yes C409.2.1 Electrical energy consumption - whole building Meters provided for whole building electric energy usage E200 N.A. C405.7 Electrical energy consumption - dwelling units Individual dwelling unit electricity meters provided - Yes C405.9 Transformers Indicate transformer size and efficiency on plans E200 N.A. C405.12.1 Variable speed escalators and moving walks Variable speed controls provided - N.A. C405.12.2 Regenerative drives Variable frequency regenerative drives provided for _escalators COMMISSIONING (Sections C405.13, C408.3, C409.4.4) N.A. C405.13 Commissioning Commissioning procedure developed for all applicable systems - N.A. C408.3 Lighting controls Commissioning plan and functional test procedure _developed N.A. C409.4.4 Electrical energy meters Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed _consumption N.A. Escalators & moving walks Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed _ 4// PERMIT COORD COPY, PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-319 DATE: 10/11/13 PROJECT NAME: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL SITE ADDRESS: 2600 SOUTHCENTER MALL, FC -2 X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division � /I(`14� 0 P���1 Works � / ii•i'VtS BM 4)//4- 10-k3N'3 Fire Prevention Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete X Incomplete n DUE DATE: 10/15/13 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Structural Review Required n No further Review Required n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 11/12/13 Approved n Approved with Conditions ki Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping ❑ PW 0 Staff Initials: 1 PLAN REVI W CHECKLIST - (Nonstructural) Permit App. 27/7 — .7/9 By: IBC Edition /2— & State Amend. Date: /0-02/—/? Project title: ' 'i, //'s' +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Classify the building or portion thereof in accordance with Chapter 3 —etermine the type of construction of the building in accordance with Chapter 6. ks Determine if the location of building on the site and clearances to property lines and other buildings on the site plan are in accordance with code provisions. Review for conformity with General building height and area limitations in accordance with Chapter 5. Review for conformity with special detailed requirements based on use and Occupancy. itl/Fiew for conformity with Type of Construction requirements of Chapter 6. icr;f11eview for conformity with Fire and Smoke protection features of Chapter 7. 0.�Review for conformity with requirements of interior finishes of Chapter 8. itieview for conformity with requirements for fire protection systems of Chapter 9. eview for conformity with requirements for means of egress requirements of Chpter 10 Review for conformity with requirements of accessibility in accordance with Chapter 11, anCC A117.1 Review for conformity with Washington State Energy Code. ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ ✓ In circle = topic has been reviewed for the application. X In circle = topic is not relevant to proposed scope of work. WESTERN CONSTRUCTION SR. INC CoWashington State Department of Labor & Industries 110 Page 1 of 2 WESTERN CONSTRUCTION SRVCS INC Owner or tradesperson ANDREWS, KENNETH LLOYD Principals ANDREWS, KENNETH LLOYD VICKI ANDREWS RONALD EDWARDS RONALD EDWARDS JODIE HURD-EDWARDS PATRICIA EDWARDS ROBERT EDWARDS Doing business as WESTERN CONSTRUCTION SRVCS INC WA UBI No. 600 602 277 2300 E THIRD LOOP STE 110 VANCOUVER, WA98661 360-699-5317 CLARK, County Business type Corporation Governing persons JODIEEDWARDS License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. WESTECS162R8 Effective — expiration 12/28/1984 — 09/16/2015 Bond OLD REPUBLIC SURETY Bond account no. YLI261784 Received by L&I 09/11/2006 Active. Meets current requirements. $12,000.00 Effective date 09/23/2006 httnc•//cennre lni wa any/verify/Detail.asnx?IIBI=600602277&LIC=WESTECS162R8&SAW= 01/06/2014 STORE # 2270 SOUTHCENTER MALL 2600 SOUTHCENTER MALL, FC -2 TUKWILA, WA 98188 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City o'Tu ila BUILDIN c D ISION ABBREVIATIONS GRAPHIC SYMBOLS CODE AUTHORITIES DRAWING INDEX AND REVISIONS (N) (E) 0 AFF ALUM ARCH AS ASS ATC BD BLDG CMU CO2 CS NEW CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT AT CENTER LINE DIAMETER OR ROUND ' ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM ARCHITECT(URAL) ART & CHAIRS SUPPLIER ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING BOARD BUILDING CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO2 SUPPLIER CHEMICAL SUPPLIER DIM DIMENSION(S) EQ ELEC ELEV EXT EA EL EQUAL ELECTRIC(AL) ELEVATION EXTERIOR EACH ELEVATION (VERTICAL HEIGHT) FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL FRT FIRE RETARDANT -TREATED GYP GC GALV GA GYPSUM GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALVANIZED GAUGE HS HOOD SUPPLIER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING INT INTERIOR MECH MAX MIN MISC MFR MSS MECHANICAL MAXIMUM MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURER MUSIC SYSTEM SUPPLIER NO OR # NUMBER N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD O.C. ON CENTER PHS PVC POS PREP PHOTOGRAPHY SUPPLIER POLYVINYL CHLORIDE POINT OF SALE PREPARATION R RADIUS RTU ROOF TOP UNITS SIM SPS SS SSS STR T T.B.A. TAB TCC TES THS TLS TMB TMS TP TRS TSV TYP UPS VAR V.I.F. W/ WA WCS WS SIMILAR SODA POP SUPPLIER SUPPORT SIGNAGE CTV STRUCTURE TENANT TO BE DETERMINED, SEE REFERENCE MANUAL TENANT'S TEST AND BALANCE VENDOR TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR TENANTS KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TENANT'S HARDWARE SUPPLIER TENANT'S LIGHT/ LAMP SUPPLIER TENANTS MENU BOARD SUPPLIER TENANTS MILLWORK SUPPLIER TENANTS PHONE SUPPLIER TENANTS RAILING SUPPLIER TENANTS SIGN VENDOR TYPICAL UNINTERRUPTED POWER SUPPLY VARIES VERIFY IN FIELD WITH WASHROOM ACCESSORIES TENANTS WALK-IN COOLER SUPPLIER TENANTS WINDOW SHADE SUPPLIER A 21 DINING 100 /4...1 PLAN NORTH DOOR NUMBER WINDOW TYPE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NUMBER ROOM/SPACE NUMBER FURNITURE NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT NUMBER WASHROOM & KITCHEN ACCESSORIES NUMBER REFERENCE WALL TYPE SECTION/DETAIL WALL SECTION ELEVATION REFERENCE DETAIL REFERENCE FLOOR PLAN „ A115 SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" DRAWING TITLE W/ NORTH ELEVATION NOTE REVISION NUMBER BUILDING CODE PLUMBING CODE MECHANICAL CODE ELECTRICAL CODE ENERGY CODES FIRE CODE ACCESSIBILITY CODE 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) 2012 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC). 2008 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND WAC AMENDMENTS 2012 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (& APPENDIX K) ICC/ANSI A117.1-09 REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. M 0 1— ce w d X X X A000 A001 A002 PROJECT DATA RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS X A010 SPECIFICATIONS X A011 SPECIFICATIONS REGULATORY AGENCIES BUILDING CODE & ZONING DATA Building & Fire Inspection Environmental Health Zoning Department Wastewater/ Sewer Service Water Service Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 TeI: (206) 431-3670 Fax: (206) 431-3678 Contact: Dave Larson King County Public Health Department 2124 - 4th Ave. Seattle, WA 98121 Tel: (206) 296-4700 Fax: (206) 296-9750 Contact: Diane Agasid Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tel: (206) 431-3670 Fax: (206) 431-3651 Contact: Moira Bradshaw City of Tukwila Sewer Tel: (206) 433-1864 Fax: (206) 433-0179 Contact: Mike Cusick City of Tukwila Water Company 600 Minkler Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Tel: (206) 433-1863 Gas and Puget Sound Energy Electrical TeI: (888) 225-7779 Service Phone Service Century Link Tel: 1 (800) 603-6000 1. OCCUPANCY GROUP: OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: 2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 3. ALLOWABLE AREA (MIXED USE SEPARATED): ALLOWABLE AREA W/ FRONTAGE INCREASE: ACTUAL AREA (FC -2): TENANT LEASE AREA (FC -2): ACTUAL AREA (STORAGE): TENANT LEASE AREA (STORAGE): TOTAL TENANT LEASE AREA 4. ALLOWABLE NO. OF STORIES: ACTUAL NO. OF STORIES: ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT: ACTUAL BUILDING HEIGHT: B 1 -HOUR REQUIRED; 1 -HOUR PROVIDED TYPE II -B NOT APPLICA REMAIN EXISTING 742 S.F. 742 S.F. 142 S.F. 142 S.F. 884 S.F. NOT APPLICA REMAIN EXISTING 5. OCCUPANT LOAD, TENANT SPACE: KITCHEN -COMMERCIAL: 884 SF/200 =5OCC. TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: = 5 OCC. 6. SEATING: 7. MEANS OF EGRESS: 8. FIRE SPRINKLERS: PROVIDED BY MALL ONE REQUIRED, ONE PROVIDED YES 9 PLUMBING FIXTURES: WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES URINALS REQ'D PROV'D REQ'D PROV'D REQ'D PROV'D MEN'S: 0 0 0 0 0 0 WOMEN'S: 0 0 0 0 - COMMON PUBLIC RESTROOMS PROVIDED WITHIN 200' OF TENANT SPACE IN MALL. X X X X X X X A012 A013 A014 A015 A016 A100 A105 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SHOPPING CENTER PLAN DEMOLITION PLAN X A110 SLAB WORK PLAN X A115 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN & WALL TYPES X A120 FINISH PLAN & DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE X A125 FINISH DETAILS X A126 TILE DETAILS X A130 FIXTURES, FURNITURE, & EQUIPMENT PLAN & SCHEDULES X A140 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN X A141 LIGHTING DETAILS X A150 ROOF PLAN X A200 ELEVATIONS: EXTERIOR X A220 ELEVATIONS: KITCHEN X A225 ELEVATIONS: LARGE SCALE x A300 SECTIONS: BUILDING X S100 ROOF FRAMING PLAN, GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS X X S200 100 STRUCTURAL DETAILS FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FILE C PI( 9)t X MPb.0 MECHANICAL SPECIFATIONS Permit No X MP01 MECHANICAL SPE ICATIONS X M100 HVAC PLAN X X X X X X X X M110 M200 M300 P100 P110 P200 P300 E010 VAC ROOF PN H C SCH ULES HVA‘ j' ILS PLU IN LAN WATER & GAS P " BING N WASTE & VENT UMBING SC ULE LUMBING DETAI ELECTRICAL SPECIFIC i; IONS Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize pted code or ordinance. Receipt ns is acknowledge& the violation of approved City Of 'MINN BUILDING DIVISION X E10 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING P X E ."0 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SUBCONTRACTORS SCOPE OF WORK NOTE 00 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & D ILS a'1[ E C EJ VE D 1-3 CAPTIVE AIRE HOOD DRAWINGS OCT 152013 HEALTH NOTES 1. "PUBLIC HEALTH - SEATTLE & KING COUNTY INSPECTION REQUIRED ON COMPLETION OF WORK PRIOR TO OPENING" 2. "NO CHANGES WILL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL" THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF LANDLORD PREFERRED SUB -CONTRACTORS: FIRE PROTECTION 1. CROWN FIRE PROTECTION 2. WESTERN STATES FIRE PROTECTION 3. COSCO FIRE PROTECTION 4. PATRIOT FIRE PROTECTION ROOFING 1. CASCADE ROOFING LIFE SAFETY 1. GUARDIAN SECURITY SYSTEMS DEFERRED SUBMITTALS EXPEDITOR EXPEDITOR: PAROLINE & ASSOCIATES CONTACT: ANDY PAROLINE ADDRESS: 3617 SW CHARLESTOWN, ST. SEATTLE, WA 98126 PHONE: 206-719-0339 EMAIL: ANDY@PAROLINEASSOCIATES.COM FIRE ALARM FIRE SPRINKLER HOODS TENANT INTERIOR ALTERATION TO AN EXISTING FOOD COURT GROUP TENANT USE PREVIOUS USE: SHARKY'S MEXICAN GRILL B PROPOSED USE: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL B CHIPOTLE ; /14Parkway: SEPAPATZ. PERMIT REQUIRED FOi: TOnwIL�► PUBLIC WORKS Electrical Plumbing CHIPOTLE r /1 NORTH U1U111111.11to 2600 SOUTHCENTER MALL KEY PLAN SCALE: NOT TO SCALE Strandr 1tavard 3�J � 4 Stratder Soul/ yard V161.41Ty MAP SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 3UFLDINC DIVISION RFCFIVFD CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 112013 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT INFORMATION LANDLORD: Westfield Southcenter 2800 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 Contact: Wayne Johnson Email: wjohnson@us.westfield.com Tel: (206) 714-3485 TENANT Hunter Development Group UTILITY 2348 Arezzo Lane COORDINATOR: Allen'TX 75013 Contact: Melissa McPherson Email: mmcpherson@ hunterdevelopmentgroup.com Tel.: (972) 396-8409 Fax: (214) 291-5597 ARCHITECT: Harlan R. Faust 14344 Y Street Omaha, NE 68137 Contact: Harlan R. Faust Email: hfaust@fhaarchitects.com Tel.: (402) 895-0878 Fax: (402) 895-9561 TENANT: Chipotle Mexican Grill 1401 Wynkoop Street, Suite 500 Denver, CO 80202 Contact: Spencer Tachik Email: stachik@chipotle.com Tel.: (303) 222-5940 17199' -.??16\ STRUCTURAL: Dibble Engineering Inc. 1029 Market Street Kirkland, WA 98033 Contact: Juleen Rogness Email: juleen@dibbleengineers.com Tel: (425) 828-4200, Ext. 223 MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING: National Engineering 3110 S Wadsworth Blvd., Suite 307 Denver, CO 80227 Contact: Caitlin Jones Email: cjones@nationalengineering.com Tel.: (303) 532-6433 CONSULTANT: 0 CJ W O fV W Q W W W CO — N Zcho•� Qom Qooco r lV lV 000 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON CO IN TH PE IISDR'4MNGISAN F SERVICE, D AS SUCH, REMAINS OF CHIPO LE MEXICAN GRILL INC. R USE OF IS DOCUMENT IS UNITED NDED •NLY BY WRITTEN CHI • •TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC 072013 CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Cover Sheet/ Project Data A 000 DATE: 10/10/2013 NOTE: SEE SHEET A000 FOR ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 13-319 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HAWN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON l V111,1 .411 1 ril! #THI 'SER PROPE I OFcm ISSION o R USE ��; i1 N ME OCT 072013 DRAWING IS AN CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED D ONLY BY WRITTEN WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 COCO COc+a ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Responsibility Matrix. A 001 DATE: 10/10/2013 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX UTILITY CONNECTIONS ITEM # DESCRIPTION PROVIDE INSTALL ELECT. GAS WATER SEWER REMARKS KITCHEN EQUIPMENT Oi CUSTOM FRONT SERVE LINE TES TES/GC RE ELECBYGC,. T GC INDIRECT BY GC,RE PLUMB. INSTALLED ON CONCRETE PAD 0 SNEEZE GUARD TES TES/GC - - - TP - O2 TORTILLA WARMERS TES TES RE ELEC. BY GC,- - - GC TO STORE IN WALK-IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION p NOT USED - - - - - - SOAP & SANITIZING DISPENSERS @ 4 COMP. SINK p4 NOT USED - - - - _ _ DEGREASER, SANITIZER, & GLASS CLEANER DISPENSERS © MOP SINK p NOT USED TES TES/GC RE ELEC. BY GC,- - - INDIRECT BY GC,RE PLUMB. © CUP DISPENSER TES TES/GC - - - - INSTALLED AT THE CUSTOM TABLE p7 CONTINENTAL UPRIGHT REFRIGERATOR TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. - - - - ® CHIP SHELVES TES TES RE ELEC. BY GC,- - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL p NOT USED - - - - - - - 10 NOT USED - - - - - - - 11 CUTTING TABLE TES TES REE ELEC. _ _ - - 12 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. - - - - 13 thr ® WOODSTONE GAS FLAT TOP GRILL TES TES - RE MECHBYGC, . - - _ 14 GARLAND RANGE TOP 2 -BURNERS TES TES - E C, E RE MMECH. - - - 15 STAINLESS STEEL STAND FOR GRILL/RANGE TES TES - - - - - 16 GAS FRYER & SPLASH GUARD TES TES _ BY RE MEEC,CH. _ _ _ 03 NOT USED - - - - - _ - 11 COOKLINE STAND-OFF SHELF TES TES - - - - - 18 GAS RICE COOKER TES TES _ RE MGC, EBY MEC,CH. _ _ _ 19 GAS RICE COOKER STAND TES TES DIRECT BY MECH - - - 0 RETHERMALIZER TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. BY GC, RE MECH. HW & CW BY GC,REMECH. INDIRECT BY GC,RE MECH _ 21 RETHERM LINE STAND OFF 42 X 6 TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL Othr 2.3 PREP SINK FAUCETS AND VEGETABLE WASH SYSTEM TES TES/GC - _ CWBY GCC,,RR E MECH. INDIRECT BY GC,RE MECH _ GC ECOLAB SYSTEM: DISPENSING & DOCKING STATION CS CS ®.1 thru 9© FAUCETS @ 4 COMPARTMENT SINK TES 23 PREP SINK SHELVING TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 24 thru 4,5 HAND SINK WALL MOUNTED TES GC - - HW &CWBY GC,RE MECH. DIRECT BY GC,RE MECH PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 25 RICE PREP TABLE 60" X 30" TES TES - - - - - 26 HOT HOLDING CABINET TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. RE MECH.- WHEN REQUIRED, DESIGN -BUILD BY TENANT CONTRACTOR CASEWORK & MISC. METAL WORK 27 RICE PREP SHELVING SYSTEM 60" TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 28 ISLAND PREP TABLE 48" X 30" TES TES - - - - MOUNTED ON (4) CASTERS, ALL CASTERS TO BE SWIVEL TYPE, FRONT (2) CASTERS TO HAVE BRAKE 29 thru 9A 4 -COMPARTMENT SINK AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS TES TES/GC - _ GCC,R,CW BY R MECH. INDIRECT BYE GC,RE MECH SEE "CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT" THIS SHEET 30 4 -COMPARTMENT SINK SHELVING SYSTEM TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 31 DRYING RACK SHELVING TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 32 thru ICE MAKER AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. _ CW BY GC, RE MECH. INDIRECT BY GC,RE MECH DRAIN ICE MAKER TO FLOOR SINK, RE: MECH. REFRIGERATION BY TENANT. CONDENSING UNIT TO BE SECURED TO THE ROOF PER CODE BY GC. O WALK-IN COOLER - CAPSULE-PAK REMOTE WCS TES RE ELEC. BY GC,- - - INDIRECT BY GC,RE MECH DRAIN COOLER TO FLOOR SINK, RE: MECH. REFRIGERATION BY TENANT. CONDENSING UNIT TO BE SECURED TO THE ROOF PER CODE BY GC. O WALK-IN COOLER SHELVING SYSTEM TES TES - - - - - 35 hr I DRY STORAGE RACKS TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 36 NOT USED - - SUPPORT SIGNAGE SS - - - 38 CHEMICAL STORAGE SHELVING SYSTEM TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 39 NOT USED PROVIDE BLOCKING ABOVE MENU BOARD ASSEMBLY FOR INSTALLATION. - - - - - - 40 NOT USED - - REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SIGN LOCATIONS, SIZES, & DESCRIPTIONS. GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD & RELATED EQUIPMENT KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD 41 NOT USED - - - - - - - 42 NOT USED - _ - - - - - O NAPKIN CADDY TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE POS COUNTER ® ICE TEA DRAIN TES GC BY GC, RE ELEC. BY GC, RE MECH. BYGC, RE MECH. INDIRECT BY GC,RE MECH DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK BELOW 45 SPEED RAK (NOT SHOWN) TES GC - - - - USED TO HOLD EMPLOYEE DRINKS IN KITCHEN AREA 46 BAIN MARIE TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE POS COUNTER 47 ICED TEA DISPENSER TES T - - - - GC TO STORE IN WALK-IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION 46 INSULATED BLACK 1/3 PAN TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE POS COUNTER 49 STAINLESS STEEL LID DISPENSER TES GC - - - - - 50 FOOD PROCESSOR TES T RE E EELELEC. _ _ _ GC TO STORE IN WALK-IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION 51 MOBILE INGREDIENT BIN TES T - - - - - 52 NOT USED - - - - - - - O NOT USED - STOREFRONT DOORS GC - - O NOT USED - - - - - - - 55 NOT USED - - - - - - - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 1 POINT OF SALE DISPLAY T GC BY GC' RE ELEC. _ 2 POINT OF SALE SYSTEM T TCC BYGC, RE ELEC. - - - CASH DRAWER MOUNTED BELOW POS COUNTER, CASH DRAWER PROVIDED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY GC 3 CASH DROP BOX SSS SSS - - - DROP BOX MOUNTED BELOW POS COUNTER 4 SAFE SSS SSS - - - INSTALLED IN OFFICE 5 SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER SPS SPS BYGC, RE ELEC. _ CW BY GC, RE MECH. INDIRECT BY GC,RE MECH. _ 6 SODA SYSTEM SYRUP RACK W/ CARBONATOR SPS SPS BYGC, RE ELEC. - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL (FOR SHELF) 7 CO2 CANISTERS CO2 CO2 - - - - 8 WATER HEATER GC GC BY GC , RE ELEC. BY GC , RE MECH. CW BY GC, RE MECH INDIRECT GC,RE MECH. INSTALLED ON CONCRETE PAD, DRAIN WATER HEATER TO FLOOR DRAIN, RE: MECH. 9 MOP SINK GC GC - - - - FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY TES, SEE P200 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 10 TANK TYPE SOAP DISPENSER - WA GC - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 11 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER WA GC - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 12 FIRST AID KIT T GC - - - - - 13 ARTWORK (CAST SCULPTURE) AS GC - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALLS AT ARTWORK LOCATIONS, REFER TO ARCH. PLANS & ELEVATIONS 14 LICENSE & PERMIT FRAME TMS GC - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALL, LOCATE AND MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY CHIPOTLE 15 NOT USED - - - - - - 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHER GC GC - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALLS AT FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION 17 NOT USED - - - - - - - 18 30" GRAB BAR WA GC - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 19 NOT USED - - - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL, MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY CHIPOTLE 20 NOT USED - - - - - - - 21 TRASH CART T T - - - 22 NOT USED - - - - - - - 23 BULLETIN BOARD T GC - - - - MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY CHIPOTLE 24 MOP STRIP T GC _ - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL, 2 HOLE AT MOP BASIN, 6 HOLE IN KITCHEN 25 "SLIM JIM" PLASTIC TRASH CAN TES T - - - - 26 NOT USED - - - - - - - NOTE: SEE SHEET A000 FOR ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 13-319 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HAWN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON l V111,1 .411 1 ril! #THI 'SER PROPE I OFcm ISSION o R USE ��; i1 N ME OCT 072013 DRAWING IS AN CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED D ONLY BY WRITTEN WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 COCO COc+a ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Responsibility Matrix. A 001 DATE: 10/10/2013 UTILITY CONNECTIONS ITEM # DESCRIPTION PROVIDE INSTALL ELECT. GAS WATER SEWER REMARKS FURNITURE 11 OFFICE CHAIR T GC - - - - - PHONE SYSTEM TELEPHONES TP TCC - - - TELEPHONE PANEL BOARD GC GC - - - - 24" X 36" BOARD ABOVE CEILING, RE: ELEC. CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT SOAP & SANITIZING DISPENSERS @ 4 COMP. SINK CS CS - - GC - EACH DISPENSER COMES W/ BUILT-IN 1" AIR GAP BACKFLOW PREVENTER. GC SHALL PROVIDE DEDICATED FAUCET PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS. DEGREASER, SANITIZER, & GLASS CLEANER DISPENSERS © MOP SINK CS CS - - GC - EACH DISPENSER COMES W/ BUILT-IN 1" AIR GAP BACKFLOW PREVENTER. GC SHALL PROVIDE DEDICATED FAUCET PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS. SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS & WIRING MSS GC - - - _ REFER TO 'CHIPOTLE STEREO GUIDE' CONDUIT GC GC - - - - GC TO FOLLOW SPEAKER LAYOUT FOR ROUTING CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE ONLY IF REQUIRED PER CODE AUDIO SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MSS MSS - - - _ REFER TO 'CHIPOTLE STEREO GUIDE' MANAGER'S OFFICE EQUIPMENT O FILE CABINET T GC - - - - COMPUTER SYSTEM (MONITOR,CPU, & BACK UP POWER SUPPLY) T T - - - - FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIEBERT UNIT BY TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR PRINTER/COPIER/FAX MACHINE T T - - - - - COUNTERTOP TMS GC - - - - SHELVING TMS GC - - - - - SECURITY SYSTEMS CLOSED CIRCUIT T.V. CAMERAS SSS SSS RE ELEC. - - - GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM CAMERA TO MANAGER'S OFFICE. GC TO PROVIDE J -BOX AT BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT RUN. SECURITY MONITOR SSS SSS RE ELEC. - - - 72 HR. SECURITY DVR SSS SSS RE ELEC. - - - SECURITY ALARM & MOTION DETECTORS T.B.D. T.B.D. RE ELEC. - - - GC RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING SEQUENCING OF PREWIRING WITH COMPLETION OF INTERIOR FINISHES (GYP BD FINISHES). TVSS/UPS BATTERY BACK UP UPS GC RE ELEC. - - - - PLUMBING FIXTURES TOILETS GC GC - - CW BY CRE MECH,GCRE DIRECT BY MECH _ NOT USED GC GC - - CWBY CRE MECHGC DIRECT RE MECH LAVATORIES GC GC HVI)&CWBY C RE MECH,GC,RE DIRECT MECH PROVIDE CARRIER ARMS IN WALL FAUCETS @ LAVATORIES TES GC - - HW&CWBY C,RE MECH 4,5 FAUCETS @ HAND SINKS TES GC - - HW&CWBY C,RE MECH ®.1 thru 9© FAUCETS @ 4 COMPARTMENT SINK TES GC - _ HW&CWBYGC CRE MECH TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT 3T thru It FAUCETS @ MOP SINK TES GC C,RE MECH - GC TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT © FAUCETS @ PREP SINK TES GC - - HW&CWBY C,RE MECH- GC TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR VEGETABLE WASH FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: (FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, FIRE SPRINKLER, AND ALL OTHER CODE REQUIRED FIRE PROTECTION EQUIP.) COMPLETE SYSTEM GC GC RE ELEC. RE MECH.- WHEN REQUIRED, DESIGN -BUILD BY TENANT CONTRACTOR CASEWORK & MISC. METAL WORK UTENSIL COUNTER TMS GC - - - INDIRECT BY ,GC,RE MECH COORDINATE FLOOR DRAIN INSTALLATION WITH UTENSIL COUNTER INSTALLATION O BENCH SEATING W/ RICHLITE TMS GC - - - - - RICHLITE WAINSCOTS TMS GC - - - - RUBBER BASE TRIM GC GC - - - - DIAMOND PLATE GC GC - - - - DIAMOND PLATE FOR COOLER ONLY EXTERIOR RAILING TRS GC - - - - GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL INTEGRATED PATIO LIGHTS WHEN SPECIFIED, SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A115 STEEL CAPS AT WAINSCOTS & HALFWALLS TMS GC - - - - PLYWOOD BOX / PERFORATED PLYWOOD WALL TMS GC - - - - - DOOR & INTERIOR SIGNAGE SUPPORT SIGNAGE SS GC - - - - MENU BOARD TMB GC - - - _ PROVIDE BLOCKING ABOVE MENU BOARD ASSEMBLY FOR INSTALLATION. EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE AND AWNINGS EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TSV TSV BYGC,RE ELEC. - - - REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SIGN LOCATIONS, SIZES, & DESCRIPTIONS. GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD & RELATED EQUIPMENT KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD HS GC RE ELEC.325-8476) E LE - - - GC TO COORDINATE PRESSURE TEST AND VIRO GUARD WITH ENVIROMATIC, INC., CONTACT: DON PFLEIDERER(800 ANSUL BOX & FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM HS HS BY GC, RE ELEC.- - _ HOOD INTERLOCK BY G.C. HVAC EQUIPMENT MAKE UP AIR UNIT & CURBS HS GC BY GC, RE ELEC. BY GC, RE MECH. BY GC, RE MECH. BY GC, RE MECH. CURB PROVIDED BY TRANE, INSTALLED BY GC ROOF TOP UNITS & CURBS RTU GC BY GC, RE ELEC. BY GC, RE MECH. BYGC, RE MECH. 8Y GC, RE MECH. CURB PROVIDED BY TRANE, INSTALLED BY GC EXHAUST FANS & CURBS RTU/HS GC E ELEC. RE - _ - CURB PROVIDED BY GC, INSTALLED BY GC TEST & BALANCE SYSTEM TB - - - - - PROVIDE HVAC TEST & BALANCE PER TENANT'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT PROGRAM. LIGHTING FIXTURES & LAMPS ALL INTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES (EXCEPT KEYLESS) & LAMPS TLS GC BY GC, RE ELEC. CAREFULLY REVIEW THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100. ALL LED LAMPS TLS GC BY GC, RE ELEC. - - - CAREFULLY REVIEW THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100. ALL EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED FIXTURES & LAMPS TLS GC BY GC, RE ELEC. - - CAREFULLY REVIEW THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100. ALL EXTERIOR PARKING LOT LIGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS GC GC BYGC,RE ELEC. - - - CAREFULLY REVIEW THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100. ALL EXTERIOR PATIO LIGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS TLS GC REE GC, ELEC. CAREFULLY REVIEW THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100. DOORS & DOOR HARDWARE HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES & DOOR HARDWARE THS GC - - - - STOREFRONT DOORS GC GC - - - - STOREFRONT DOOR HARDWARE THS GC - - - - NOTE: SEE SHEET A000 FOR ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 13-319 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HAWN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON l V111,1 .411 1 ril! #THI 'SER PROPE I OFcm ISSION o R USE ��; i1 N ME OCT 072013 DRAWING IS AN CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED D ONLY BY WRITTEN WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 COCO COc+a ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Responsibility Matrix. A 001 DATE: 10/10/2013 CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST TATE OF WASHINGTON OCT 0 7 2013 DRAWING IS AN CE. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS UMfTED ED ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Accessibility Requirement A 002 DATE: 10/10/2013 A.D.A.A.G. INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS WASHINGTON THIS TENANT SPACE IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE AS SET FORTH IN THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1994 AS WELL AS 2003 ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003. MAINTAIN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ITS ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (A.D.A.), (A.D.A.A.G.). (l�, 36 min Q W 1. FOOD SERVICE LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 36" WITH TRAY SLIDES MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 34" ABOVE THE FLOOR. IF SELF-SERVICE SHELVES ARE \ 1. ACCESSIBLE RAMPS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.8. QPROVIDED, AT LEAST 50% OF EACH TYPE MUST BE WITHIN REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN 1 A.D.A.A.G. SECTIONS 4.2.5 AND 4.2.6. I li •IN I - 2. IF A RAMP HAS A RISE GREATER THAN 6" OR A HORIZONTAL PROJECTION GREATER THAN 72", THEN IT SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES. HANDRAILS ARE NOT REQUIRED ADJACENT TO ASSEMBLY SEATING AREAS. CLEAR SPACE 1 BETWEEN A HANDRAIL AND AN ADJACENT WALL SHALL BE 1-1/2". W Et Q 2. SELF-SERVICE SHELVES AND DISPENSING DEVICES FOR DISHWARE, CONDIMENTS, FOOD AND BEVERAGES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.2.-I r s `ira.1-1• r= 'I- x , 'a, . 3. THE CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP SURFACES SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1:50. TABLEW FOOD SERVICE LINES TABLEWARE AREAS /-level ����� landing surface of ramp level landing ELEVATION SECTION ELEVATION SECTION _1- mi I mi my, horizontal projection or run . 36 min 36 min , 0 / I I _D 1. ACCESSIBLE STAIRS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.9. x a �C]�7D \ 1 ♦ Maximum Rise Maximum Horizontal Prosection �\ ---- 2. ACCESSIBLE STAIRS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM RISER HEIGHTS AND UNIFORM TREAD x y Slope in ft . WIDTHS ALONG EACH RUN. FN ID 1:12 to < 1:16 30 30 / CURB RAILING WITH EXTENDED PLATFORM 3. THE CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN HANDRAILS AND WALL SHALL BE 1-1/2". HANDRAIL 1:16 to <1:20 30 40 / , GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED BY NEWEL POSTS, OTHER t (q EXAMPLES OF EDGE PROTECTION AND CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, OR OBSTRUCTIONS. THE TOP OF HANDRAIL GRIPPING a COMPONENTS OF A SINGLE RAMP RUN AND HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS SURFACES SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 34" AND 38" ABOVE STAIR NOSINGS. x _ 2 SAMPLE RAMP DIMENSIONS 1 < AIAME U] 1. CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.27. IY m CONTROLS Lomax Side Reach - NOTE: X IS THE MINIMUM HANDRAIL EXTENSION REQUIRED AT EACH TOP RISER - Y IS THE MINIMUM HANDRAIL EXTENSION OF 12 IN PLUS THE WIDTH OF ONE TREAD THAT IS REQUIRED AT EACH BOTTOM RISER Q PLAN ELEVATION OF CENTER HANDRAIL EXTENSION AT BOTTOM OF RUN EXTENSION AT TOP OF RUNrok 2.ALL CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS WHICH ARE INTENDED FOR NORMAL USE �� \ \ •� I- BY BUILDING OCCUPANTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A.D.A.A.G.-COMPLIANT CLEAR FLOOR f SPACES & SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN 1" OF THE REQUIRED FORWARD OR SIDE APPROACH tile; 'lI .(n -- 1 1. ELEMENTS OF ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTIONS .15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, AND 4.22. REACH RANGES (48" A.F.F. = FORWARD - 54 A.F.F. = SIDE APPROACH) .i r,� �y .. - / �� - 2. ACCESSIBLE URINALS SHALL BE STALL -TYPE OR WALL -HUNG WITH AN ELONGATED RIM AT A MAXIMUM OF 17" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. URINALS SHALL HAVE A 30" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE TO ALLOW A FRONT APPROACH AND Lomax 30 \ \ 48 THE FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND -OPERATED WITH THE CONTROLS INSTALLED NO HIGHER THAT 3. HOT WATER LINES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED UNDER LAVATORIES. 4. EXAMPLES OF ACCESSIBLE FAUCETS INCLUDE: LEVER OPERATED, PUSH -TYPE, 44" ABOVE FINISH TO PROTECT FLOOR. AGAINST CONTACT. THERE 86 min SHALL BE NO 17.19 SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES CLEAR PARALLEL FLOOR SPACE HIGH AND LOW SIDE APPROACH REACH LIMITS SIDE REACH SIDE REACH HIGH FORWARD REACH LIMIT FORWARD REACH AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED. IF SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE USED, n86 188smi118 mil 18 18 18 18 FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. THE FAUCET SHALL REMAIN OPEN min min min _,, I. lavIrwin 5. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACES OF A GRAB BAR SHALL • _ •E • I I E ; � 1 E c„, clear R+ �\I�,!;'�� -_111 ll c EIS 1. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.30 & WASHINGTON STATE IBC AMENMENTS BE 1-1/4" TO 1-1/2" OR THE SHAPE TO PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. ��ar ,P Ce ' THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/2". THE GRAB =Pam - \ '°=`° - -� - - \ 41,,,:;',.-��\ E '�� ��'511L E 1101.2.9 BAR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING BENDING STRESSES, �, 48 min �, 4 %� s ��! SHEAR STRESSES, SHEAR FORCES, AND TENSILE FORCES OF UP TO 250 LBF. '0" 48 min 60 min E toe clearance 2. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE -WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 8mn�11 equipment permitted 6maz in knee shaded area clearance depth 6. MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO OPERATING CONTROLS FOR RESTROOM ACCESSORIES CLEAR NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THE A.D.A.A.G. SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.2.5.. FLOOR SPACE AT WATER CLOSETS not to exceed fountain depth SPOUT KNEE CLEARANCE HEIGHT AND 36 min LAVATORY 54 CLEARANCE 3. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING AN UPPER-CASE X. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED. SIGNS INSTALLED OVER 80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT OF 3". WHITE WITH BLUE 41y 32 min 36 min 17 min min alternate door location 30 min / 48 min 36 mi 38'41' toilet paper 4. LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32", UPPER-CASE SANS SERIF OR SIMPLE SERIF TYPE, AND SHALL BE BACKGROUND 30 min 4, - t t 1 42 ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE. RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 12 min min 1 - 12 min 12 min 2". PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE r r �� / PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM IN HEIGHT. miliklspace E floor ° 1Qs'~� _ ' Cil I ' i � m • \ ,: - - _ _J , 5. THE CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF SIGNS SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH. ■■■■• 1 _ _ (J7 12 max L L . CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND -EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK IIES iMMMMMN � Iiiii - \ - � I, 56 min wall mounted w.c. BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. :::� I 'IMM 52 min / fv. 9max JEll �, 59 min floor mourned 24 max 0 56 min wall mounted w.c. �/ )r+. w.c. Mr W RESTRO /.. 48 min v v o 6. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THElE 42 min. latch approach only. other approaches 48 min. 59min ,w.noormounted w.c. / FREE-STANDING FOUNTAIN OR BUILT-IN FOUNTAIN CLEAR FLOOR COOLER OR COOLER SPACE BACK WALL SIDE WALL < Z WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR, INCLUDING DOUBLE -LEAF DOORS. SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE ON OF INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF DISPLAY CONDITIONS - INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD STALL STANDARD STALL (END OF ROW) CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LAVATORIES DRINKING TOILET STALLS FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS L7 - W THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION FOR SUCH SIGNAGE SHALL BE SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. 1. ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.13. NOTE: ALL DOORS IN ALCOVES SHALL x COMPLY WITH THE CLEARANCES FOR FRONT APPROACHES. 1. WHERE FIXED TABLES (OR DINING COUNTERS WHERE FOOD IS CONSUMED BUT THERE IS NO SERVICE) ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST 5 %, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE, OF THE FIXED TABLES (OR A PORTION OF THE DINING COUNTER) SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.32. �- 2. THRESHOLD AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/4" IN HEIGHT FOR EXTERIOR SLIDING 1, _ 11 1 r 1 r - - - - 2. IN ESTABLISHMENTS WHERE SEPARATE AREAS ARE DESIGNATED FOR SMOKING AND NON-SMOKING PATRONS, j�.. DOORS OR 1/2" IN HEIGHT FOR OTHER TYPES OF DOORS. RAISED THRESHOLDS 54 min 1i i THE NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE FIXED TABLES (OR COUNTERS) SHALL BE PROPORTIONALLY DISTRIBUTED BETWEEN 1 �iMI AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO I \ - --} - GREATER THAN 1:2. - - - THE SMOKING AND NON-SMOKING AREAS. L J L J �, - _ =_ ' - 18 min, 24 preferred 1 1 1 I \ 3. WHERE FOOD OR DRINK IS SERVED AT COUNTERS EXCEEDING 34 IN HEIGHT FOR CONSUMPTION BY CUSTOMERS _ _ _� 1 I 2 3. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE x j, > � -i-_ (_ __ - J DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT 1 I I 1 I r 1 1 SEATED ON STOOLS OR STANDING AT THE COUNTER, A PORTION OF THE MAIN COUNTER WHICH IS 60" IN LENGTH -� REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. LEVER -OPERATED MECHANISMS, PUSH -TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U -SHAPED HANDLES MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.32OR SERVICE SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ACCESSIBLE TABLES WITHIN THE SAME AREA. ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBLE DOOR PASSAGE NOTE: X=121NIF DOORAND BOTH A CLOSER AND LATCH. SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 4. AT LEAST 5% OF ALL TABLE SEATING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.32 30 30 36 19 1s 36 FRONT 4. IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70°, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 APPROACHES x -SWINGING DOORS x NOTE: x=361NMINIMUM IF Y=60IN; X=42IN MINIMUM IFY=54 IN. NOTE: Y = 48 IN MINIMUM DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND CLOSER. IF 5. ACCESSIBLE SEATING AT TABLES AND/OR COUNTERS SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA: KNEE CLEARANCE SHALL BE 27" HIGH° 30" WIDE, AND 19" DEEP; TABLE HEIGHT SHALL BE 28" TO 34" / ,./ MINIMUM � CLEARANCES � FOR SEATING r AND TABLES SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. 32 on y / 24 min t 24min / Hinge Side ;' 48min Approaches - Swinging Doors t1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE --1 r -- A 48min APPROVED • 5. ACCESSIBLE DOORS THAT ARE NOT FIRE F--- 1 1 1 1 ` Z DOORS DOORS OR EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS TABLE SEATI OCT 3 0 2013 ' ' 1 1 1 1 _ SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING THE DOOR OPEN OF 5 LBF. 1 _f. /w- THIS FORCE DOES NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT MAY HOLD A DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. CLEAR DOORWAY WIDTH �� NOTE: Y = 54 IN MINIMUM IF LATCH SIDE DOOR HAS CLOSER. NOTE: Y = 48 IN MINIMUM IF APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS DOOR HAS CLOSER. ���� J TWO HINGED � � DOORS IN -i--' � � Z� SERIES City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1. ALL WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, SKYWALKS, TUNNELS, AND OTHER SPACES y 32 min , THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.3. ( I .%r 4 )2m4 36 min )2 mi J "&4' W 2. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR 1 \ _,_ \ FACILITY ENTRANCES WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES AND ELEMENTS. di A.I N 1 1 �� ._t- E F:tai '©Lobb i 1F TRA -��Ir1 .E �, 1 \ ��'• \ \ 3. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A RUNNING SLOPE GREATER THAN 1:20 IS A RAMP AND ,jll�'�III, WON . f1 2V r s k 1s ^ I I Ial• i. li SHALL COMPLY WITH 4.8. NOWHERE SHALL THE CROSS SLOPE OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE _ \ \ EXCEED 1:50. 11 Il \ �/ E - E v #0 ,E E I•I U J J J -1111= 36 min 46 min I. 36 min I. I I ,i _ 36 min 60 � �r ' 4, /( /( I, 42 min �z L 42 min I, \ QMINIMUM a CLEAR FOR SINGLE WHEELCHAIR WIDTH 60 -IN min DIAMETER SPACE T -SHAPED SPACE FOR 180° TURNS \ CHANGES IN LEVEL CHANGES IN LEVEL NOTE: DIMENSIONS 90° TURN TURN AROUND SHOWN AN APPLY WHEN OBSTRUCTION WALKING PARALLEL TO A WALL ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS IN ADDITION TO ALL A.D.A./A.D.A.A.G. REQUIREMENTS, THIS FACILITY SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTION FOR ACCESSIBILITY AS LISTED BELOW. 2003 Accessible and useable buildings and facilities (ICC/ANSI A117.1) * WHERE INFORMATION LISTED/SHOWN IN THIS SECTION CONFLICTS WITH THE A.D.A.A.G. INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS, THE MORE RESTRICTIVE OF THE TWO REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. D I 3, 3 1 ct RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST TATE OF WASHINGTON OCT 0 7 2013 DRAWING IS AN CE. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS UMfTED ED ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Accessibility Requirement A 002 DATE: 10/10/2013 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY 1.1 Contract Documents: A. Contractor shall use the following Tenant provided documents in the negotiation and execution of the Work. Contact Tenant's office for copies of these documents: 1. Chipotle Instructions to Bidders. 2. ConstructionContract for Chipotle Mexican Grill. B. Definitions: 1. The term "Owner" used in these documents refers to the building Owner/Landlord. 2. The term "Tenant" used in these documents refer to the restaurant Tenant, Chipotle Mexican Grill, Inc. 3. The term "Contractor" used in these documents refers to the entity responsible for performing the Work under Construction Contract for Chipotle Mexican Grill. 1.2 Scope of Work: A. The Work shall include construction of the site and building facilities as shown and specified in these Specifications and Drawings. B. When required and necessary, the Tenant will provide a subsurface exploration report as an attachment the bidding documents. SECTION 01300 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1.1 Coordination:. Responses to Requests for Information from the architect will not change any requirements of the contract documents. In the event that the general contractor believes that a response to a Request For Information will cause a change to the requirements of the contract documents, the general contractor shall immediately give written notice to the architect and the tenant stating that the general contractor considers the response to be a Change Order. Failure to give such written notice immediately shall waive the general contractor's (or any subcontractor's) right to seek additional time or cost under the Administrative Requirements of these contract documents. SECTION 01400 - QUAUTY REQUIREMENTS 1.1 Regulatory Requirements: A. Perform all work in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal building codes, plumbing codes, mechanical codes, electrical codes, ordinances and rules and regulations governing food service establishments. B. Comply with local, state and federal requirements governing accessibility. C. Obtain all required demolition and erosion control permits required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 Quality Control: A. A. Immediately inform the Architect of discrepancies between the information indicated in the conditions, and of discrepancies Contract Documents and existing project ancies between information p indicated on the architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing and electrical documents. B. Prior to fabrication and installation of new components, field verify all existing and new dimensions and installation conditions that may affect the Work. Do not scale the drawings to establish locations of items that are not located using dimensions. 1. All dimensions are to rough face of stud or centerline of structure, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Verify that all Subcontractors have reviewed and coordinated locations of their equipment and furnishings exposed to view with the architectural drawings. Review questions with the Architect. C. Coordinate new work indicated on the Contract Documents with new work that may be provided by the Owner and Tenant under separate contracts. D. Coordinate the work of Vendors, Contractors and Subcontractors providing fixtures, furniture and equipment identified as "by Tenant" in these drawings and specifications. 1. Notify the Tenant in timely fashion if any problems develop with the performance of these Vendors, Contractors or Subcontractors. E. Coordinate the scheduling, sequencing, and the work of all trades and Subcontractors to assure efficient and orderly sequences of installation of interdependent construction elements. F. Verify that the utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with the building utility services. Coordinate work of the various specification sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. G. Coordinate the installation and physical space requirements of plumbing, mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for piping, ducts and conduit as closely as practical. Install runs parallel with and perpendicular to the line of the building. Utilize spaces as efficiently as possible to maximize accessibility for other work installation and for maintenance and for repair. 1. Conceal piping, ducts and conduit within the construction, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Coordinate locations of registers, fixtures and outlets with finish elements. H. Coordinate completion and cleanup work of all trades and Subcontractors in preparation for Substantial Completion. To minimize disruption of Tenant's activities after Tenant occupancy of the property, coordinate access to the property with the Tenant's Construction Manager for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1.2 Submittals: A. Only when indicated in the specifications or drawings submit shop drawings, product data, and/or samples to the Architect for review. All submittals shall be made directly to the architect by the general contractor. Only submittals for specified products will be accepted unless prior approval has been obtained for a substitution (refer to Section 01630). Submittals shall be made with respect to the construction schedule to allow for adequate review time: allow (10) business days for review of submittals Divisions 3 through 10 and allow (10) business days for review of submittals in all other divisions. Shop drawings: Submit electronic copies of each sheet of drawings. Shop drawings are original drawings prepared by the subcontractor or vendor for the purpose of conveying information to the architect and/or engineer on how a building element or product will be constructed in sufficient detail for the architect and/or engineer to determine compliance with the design intent. In all cases one copy of the submittal shall, be returned to the general contractor. Electronic submittals for shop drawing or product data in either PDF or DWF format are acceptable for review. All submittals, regardless of format, must bear the general contractor's stamp indicating the submittal has been reviewed and approved, Any submittal not meeting the requirements set forth will be rejected by the architect. 1.3 Requests For Information A. In the event that the general contractor, or a subcontractor, at any tier, determines that some portion of the drawings, specifications, or other contract documents requires a clarification or interpretation by the architect, the general contractor shall submit a Request For Information in writing to the architect in an electronic copy. Requests for Information may only be submitted by the general contractor and may only be submitted to the architect. The general contractor shall clearly and concisely set forth the issue for which clarification or interpretation is sought and why a response is needed from the architect or the architect's consultants. In the Request for Information, the general contractor shall set forth an interpretation or understanding of the requirement along with an explanation of why such an understanding was reached. B. The architect will review all Requests for Information to determine ` whether they are Requests for Information within the meaning of this term. If the architect determines that the document is not a request for information, it will be returned to the general contractor, un -reviewed as to content, for re 'submittal in the proper form and in the proper manner. Responses to Requests for Information shall be issued upon receipt, but no later that five (5) working days of receipt of the Request from the general contractor; unless the architect determines that a longer amount of time is necessary to provide an adequate response. If a longer amount of time is determined necessary by the architect, the architect will, within five (5) working days of receipt of the Request, notify the general contractor of the anticipated response time. If the general contractor submits a Request for Information on an activity with five (5) working days or less of float on the current project schedule the general contractor shall not be entitled to any time extension due to the time it takes the architect to respond to the Request provided that the architect responds within the parameters set forth above. Maintain quality control over manufacturers, suppliers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and applicable trade standards. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and complying with specified requirements. 1. Request clarification from the Architect before proceeding, where manufacturer's instructions conflict with the Contract Documents. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work, except when more stringent tolerances, codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of the specified quality. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed, sized and installed to withstand stress, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. F. All dimensions shall be considered "hold -to" dimensions unless indicated otherwise (e.g. minimum or maximum dimensions.) 1.3 Testing: A. Employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspections, tests and other services when required. B Include inspection and tests as indicated in the specification sections, drawings, and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Test concrete in accordance with Section 03300 and drawing requirements. 2. Test structural steel in accordance with Section 05110 and drawing requirements. SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.1 Provide temporary facilities and controls as shown and specified: A. Codes and Standards: Provide temporary construction facilities and controls complying with all applicable local, State and Federal local laws, regulations and codes and utility company requirements. Temporary Heating, Ventilating and Cooling: 1. Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary heating, ventilating and cooling equipment and 'facilities required during the progress of the work to protect materials, finished work, and equipment against damage from low and high temperatures and humidity. 2 Provide temporary heating, ventilating and cooling when the outside temperature and humidity is low/high enough to damage or affect in any way the performance or quality of material and product stored in the building, in any temporary storage area, or any material or product incorporated into the work. 3. Provide temporary heating, ventilating and cooling when the outside temperature and humidity is low/high enough to significantly slow or hamper effectiveness of workers and to provide suitable working conditions. Temporary Electrical Lighting and Power: 1. Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary electrical service for lighting and power required during the progress of the work. Include all necessary wiring, fuses, disconnect switches, safety devices, junction boxes, panels, ground fault protections, and transformer if required. Include cost for providing temporary electric generators in the Contract Sum, if temporary electric service is not available for use during progress of the work. 2 Temporary service and lighting and power items and installations shall conform to the requirements of the NFPA National Electric Code and OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. Water: Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary water required during the progress of the work. Include all necessary storage tanks, piping, valves, fittings, hose and hose connections during construction and testing. Temporary Toilets: Provide, pay for and maintain temporary toilet facilities for use by the Contractor, Contractor's employees and all Subcontractors and Subcontractors' employees. Comply with all local requirements for installation, use and maintenance of temporary toilet facilities. Barriers and Enclosures: 1. Provide temporary construction barriers in accordance with project requirements. Exercise all necessary precautions to protect adjacent properties, outside project contact limits, during progress of the work. Take special precautions to avoid damage to existing overhead and underground utilities and services owned or operated by the Owner or by public or private utility companies. 2. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosures at exterior openings to provide acceptable working conditions and protection of materials and to allow for temporary heating, ventilating and cooling. G. Field Office, Telephone and Email: 1. Provide and maintain a temporary field office at the project site during progress of the work. A designated area within the existing building will be available for use as a temporary field office. Verify area size and location with the Tenant. 2. Maintain copies of permits, approved shop drawings, specifications, addenda and record documents at field office. 3. Provide temporary telephone service and internet service with email and photo capabilities to field office throughout progress of the work. 4. Provide weekly photographic documentation of project progression to Tenant. H. Safety and Security 1. Provide and maintain all necessary safety provisions for protection and safety of the project work, workers and general public. 2. Provide and maintain operable fire extinguishing devices in well -marked, accessible locations throughout the project. Provide types, quantities and locations in compliance with governing codes and ordinances. 3. Provide all necessary security barriers and enclosures to protect the work and Tenant's operations from unauthorized entry of persons, vandalism and theft. Provide doors, when required, with self-closing hardware and locks. Cleaning 1. During Construction: Provide an approved on-site container for the use of all Contractors and Subcontractors for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. Remove crates and cartons in which materials, equipment, or fixtures are received to on-site containers daily. a. Maintain the property in a clean and orderly condition. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site on a daily basis and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. 2. Dust Control: a. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums and other similar closed or remote spaces prior to covering or enclosing the space. b Sweep and vacuum clean interior surfaces before start of surface finishing and painting. Continue cleaning on an as -needed basis until finishing and painting is completed. c Cleaning operations shall be acceptable to the Tenant's Construction Manager. SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1 General: A. Products, including materials, equipment and systems described in the Contract Documents establish the standards of required function, dimension, appearance, quality and performance of the Work. Base all bids on the "Standards" indicated. B. Requests by the Contractor for changes in products, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents are considered requests for "substitutions:" Substitutions will be considered only under the following conditions: 1. The indicated "Standard" cannot be provided within the Contract Time 2. The indicated "Standard" cannot receive necessary approval by the governing authority. 3. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit as determined by the Architect. C. Submit each request for substitution to the Architect. Identify the product, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, installer or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Identify related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide documentation as directed by the Architect. D. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate written request, when requested directly by subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, or supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of the Contract Documents. E. Substitute products, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, and installers shall not be used for the Project without Tenant and Architect's written acceptance. SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1.1 Preparation: A. Protection of existing construction: Use all necessary care and appropriate means and methods to protect and prevent damage to existing construction and property not part of the Contract Work. Repair and refinish or replace construction and property damaged during construction work, at Contractor's expense. 1.2 Selective Demolition: Provide selective demolition as shown and specified. A. Preparation: 1. Coordinate work of this Section with work of various Contractors and Tenant's staff. 2. Maintain protected access at all times. 3. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures at exterior openings. 4. Erect and maintain dust -proof interior partitions to prevent spread of dust or fumes. 5. Erect and maintain barricades, enclosures, bracing, shoring, lights, warning signs and guards necessary for worker and public safety and protection of property. 6. Disconnect, remove and cap designated utility services. Identify and mark locations of disconnected and capped utilities at the project site and on Project Record Documents. 7. Notify and coordinate with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the building Owner for any demolition occurring outside the lease limit. 8. Coordinate hours of operation and construction access with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the building Owner. B. Selective Demolition 1. Remove existing construction to accommodate new construction as indicated. 2. Perform selective demolition in an orderly, systematic and careful manner with least possible disturbance to public and adjacent property. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3. Immediately remove from the site and legally dispose of demolished materials, except as indicated otherwise. Do not burn or bury materials on the project site. 1.3 Cleaning A. Final Cleaning: Perform final cleaning upon completion of project work. 1. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, tools, equipment and temporary construction facilities from the site. 2. Clean exterior grounds; remove stains, spills and foreign materials from paved areas, power wash and sweep clean. Rake clean landscaped surfaces of the grounds. 3. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain. 4. Clean all finished surfaces. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from exposed interior and exterior surfaces. a. Clean all plumbing, fire protection and electrical fixtures and equipment including ceiling area elevated ductwork and lighting fixtures. b. Clean permanent equipment filters and replace temporary disposable filters in mechanical units used during construction. c. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if mechanical units were operated without filters during construction. 5. Clean interior and exterior glazing and mirrors, polish transparent and glossy surfaces and clean floors with appropriate materials and equipment. 6. Remove waste, foreign material and debris from roofs, areaways and drainage systems. 7. Before Tenant occupancy, conduct an inspection, with the Tenant, of exposed interior and exterior surfaces at all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean. 1.4 Starting and Adjusting: A. Prior to Substantial Completion, coordinate the start-up, test and balance, placement in operation and adjustment all systems, controls and equipment to verify proper operation. All systems shall be complete and operating prior to final inspection. 1.5 Contract Closeout: A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit one operation and maintenance manual, bound in 8-1/2" x 11" text pages, three D side ring capacity expansion binders with durable plastic covers. 1. Subdivide the binder contents internally with permanent dividers logically organized as described below. Provide tab titles clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. 2. Provide a table of contents with each product or system description identified. 3. Provide a directory listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the project Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors and major equipment suppliers. 4. Prepare operations and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. Identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of project Subcontractors and suppliers. For each category, identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for each equipment item and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions for identifying detrimental agents. 5. Submit operations and maintenance data to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract. B. Record/As Built Documents: 1. Prepare and maintain on site one set of the following record/as built documents: a. Contract Documents. b. Construction Documents. c. Change orders and other modifications to the Contract. d. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. e. Construction schedule. 2. Store record/as built documents separate from documents used for construction. 3. Record actual revisions to the Work, concurrently with construction progress. 4. Legibly mark and record a description of actual products installed at each specification section, including the following: a. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. b. Approved product substitutions or alternates utilized. c. Changes made by addenda, change orders, and other modifications. 5. Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including the following: a. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first main floor datum. b. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. c. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the work. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Details not on original Contract Document drawings. 6. Submit record/as built documents to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract. Warranties and Bonds: 1. Compile warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents. 2. Submit duplicate copies of warranties and bonds to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract. Maintenance Materials and Spare Parts: 1. Provide extra maintenance materials and spare parts in quantities indicated in the specification sections. 2. Place in location as directed by the Tenant's Construction Manager. DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 1.1 General: Provide site construction work, including services, utilities, earthwork, paving and landscaping in accordance with the site construction work drawings and details. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 General: Provide cast -in-place concrete work in accordance with the General Structural Notes, drawing and details. Follow shell building documents for secifications, joints and geotech. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. ACI 117 "Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 2. ACI 301 "Structural Concrete for Buildings." 3. ACI 305R "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting." 4. ACI 306R "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting." 5. ACI 315 'Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." 6. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 2.1 Materials: structural A. Under Slab Vapor Retarder: Stego Industries LLC, 877-464-7834, internet www.stegoindustries.com high density polyethylene Stego Wrap (10 mil) Vapor Barrier meeting or exceeding ASTM E1745 performance criteria for Class C vapor retarders. 1. Seam Tape: High density polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. 2. Pipe boots: Shop or site fabricated from vapor retarder material and seam tape. B. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM 0150, Type 1 2. Aggregate: ASTM C33. 3. Water: Clean and potable. 4. Reinforcement: When required, comply with drawings reinforcement requirements. 5. Compressive Strength: Minimum 3000 psi at 28 days. 6. Admixtures: All admixtures shall be approved by the Tenant's Construction Manager prior to placement in the concrete mix. C. Topping Concrete: When required to suit installation conditions, Ardex Diama-Top of Ardex Engineered Cements (888) 512-7339, internet www.ardex.com 1. ULTRAFLOR ARDEX DIAMA-TOP, self -leveling concrete repair material. 2. Any pinholes that need to be filled shall be filled with ARDEX DIAMA-FILL filling compound for polished concrete, concrete terrazzo and other cementitious wear surfaces applied at the appropriate time during the polishing process. The primer for areas to receive ARDEX DIAMA-TOP will be ARDEX EP 2000 Substrate Preparation Epoxy. Installation shall be performed by factory -trained professional applicators in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.1 Installation A. Vapor Retarder: Place, protect and repair vapor retarder sheets in accordance with ASTM E1643 and manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Provide a single layer of vapor retarder material over level compacted slab base. 2. Lap joints and seams 6 inches and seal with seam tape. 3. Seal all penetrations and repair damaged areas before concrete placement. B. Reinforcement Place and inspect all reinforcing steel before concrete is placed. C. Concrete Placement: 1. Place cast -in-place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 305R and 306R recommended practices for hot weather and cold weather concreting. Do not place concrete when temperature is below 40 degrees F. 2. Wet cure concrete in accordance with ACI 301, using moist curing or moisture -retaining covers D. Finish: Except where additional floor finish is scheduled, provide a smooth steel trowel finish. 1. Exposed concrete used as a finish floor surface shall have a smooth finished surface, uniform in texture and appearance and free of trowel marks and other defects affecting ease of maintenance. 2. Grind smooth surface defects as directed by the Tenant's Construction Manager. E. Testing: When required, comply with drawings and specification sections testing requirements. F. Topping Concrete: Prepare concrete floor slab substrate surfaces, prime substrate surfaces, mix, install and finish topping concrete in accordance with manufacturer's application instructions. A REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 302.013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 3- 31 9 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 w w 5- M V' u, O N R 0 w Z 0 co co 0 ch Ln co REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STA OF WASHINGTON 1� 201 UMENT O PROPERTY ISSION r D AGREE OCT 072013 RAWING IS AN 1 AND AS SUCH, REMAINS • • •TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F • US ! THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED a NDED ONLY BY WRITTEN WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 N U LL 03 75 N N C C d) N U 0 C C (0 O CD CV Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: EDED PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Specifications A 010 DATE: 10110/2013 Le|ION U.159b - UONCNL|L SLALUUG ANU PQLISHINQ 1 • General: Provide a sealed and polished concrete floor f nish as shown and A. Standards 1. American for Testing and Materials: a. ASTM -C779, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Roo!ohVnoe of Horbonto| Concrete Surfaces. ` b. AS -M C23-81` Ultraviolet Light & Water Spray c. A3TMC805 rnpact Strength 2. American Concrete Institute o. ACI 382. 1R-89` Guide for Concrete Floor and Slob Construction Submittals: Provide the following: 1. Manufacturer's produet data, specificatians and .-instal ation instructions, Include Mater* Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and identify appiication requirements, curing tilrie and so ty requirements. Certified testreports, prepared by an independent testing .laboratory, confirming corn pliance with per formance criteria. Manufacturer's certification that installer is u certified applicator of special ooncr• e four- finishes, and familiar with manufacturer'S installation pmcedaree and requirement. fo tho specified sealed onUpc8ished concrete Uoor finish.Manufacturer's and installer's written acceptance of subStrate Surface and inst., lotion |NS!0N 4. - MASONRY SE'TION 0481O - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1.1 General: Provide unit masonry assemb ies as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. AO 538.1-00-02/TMS 502_02 "Specifications for Masonry Structures," 2, NCMA ^TEK BuUntins." J. DA "Technical Notes on Brick Construction," 2.1 Materia s: A. Concrete Masonry Units (CMU): Size and thickness as shown on drawings. 1. • ASTM C 90load-bearing, normal weight, natural color CMU, properly cured at time of delivery, near shrinkage not to exceed 0.065%. Provide specie 'shapes where required. Provide exterior Wall CMU containing an integral polymeric 0mter repe!emt o^mixtupm o. Manufacturer: W. R. Grace "Dry-SxokR System Block Admix ". 8. Face rick 1. ,4onufootorwc Wotoontown Brick Company, 800-538-2040 Internet 2. T`vm "SturbddoaM Type | Standard" complying with ASTM C216' Cr .*e SW, Type FBS. No aMl'romcmnuo when tested in accordance with ASTM C67. J. Size: Modular size, laying three courses to 8" Yoricoly 4, .Provi specia shapes where required. C. Laying Masonry 1. Layout walls in advance to ensure accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths, and to properly locate openings, movement type joints, returns and offsets. Do not use less than half-size units at corners, jambs and other locations, 2. Lay up walls plumb and true to comp y With ACI 530.1 talerances. Provide square corner and angles, except as otherwise indicated, with courses oval, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. J. Pattern bond: Running bond. Do not use units with less than 4" of horizontul foce dimensions at corners or jamba 4. Lay hollow CMU/ACMU with fu I mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face she I Bed CMU webs in mortar in starting coursee. Maintain uniform 3/8" joint widths. Lay face brick and so id CMU/ACMU with comp ete y filled bed and head joints, D not slush head joints. Maintain uniform 3/8" joint widtha 6. Compress and cut joints f ush for masonry walls be ow grade or covered by oth materials. 7. �olointsinall exposed masonry work to a conmvo'int. Provide inter masonry bond in each course at corners o and intersecting walls, As the work progresses, build in masonry accessories and related items. Fi in solidly with masonry around built-in items. a. Bed hollow meta frame anchors in mertar and fill space between h ow metal frames and masonry solid with fine mortar grout. Provide solid masonry bearing for a lintels, beams, joists, plates nd load-bearing mnmbers Take particu or care to embed al conduits and pipes within con without fracturing exposed shells and to fit units. around switch other boxes set in walls. Where electric. conduit, out ets, swit items occur, grind and cot units before building in services. Instal • anchors, plates and related work built into masonry w rk, nstai reinforcing steel and concrete fill where indicated. mply with drawing C. Ooarty Assurance: 1. Installer Qualifications: Use certified installer and adequate number of skilled workmen wh trained and experienced in the necessary craft. The specia concrete finish manufacturer shall certify the applicator. Applicator shall be familiar with the specified requirements and th methods needed for proper performance of work of this section. Applicator shall mvenot less than three years successful experience installing sealed and polished foor finishes similar o those required for this project. d. novida o letter of certification from special concrete finish m.nuKzoturer stating t at installer is a certified applicator and is familiar with pr-*- procedures and in tallation requirements required by the manufactureri 2. Protect : Contractor shall provide o| necessary materials, mean , methods and procedure- acceptable to the floor finish manufacturer and requir d to protect theconcrete oor surface and provide a suitable substrate for the i staliation of the specifiedsealed and poiished concrete floor finish. ore thoroughly A. Project Conditions: 1. Comply with e environmental ikn`oƒbmo for substrate temperature moisture content, ambient temperature, an humidity, ventilation and other condition affecting the special floor finish performan „e, a. Concrete lust have an average Floor Flatness 'v.m, of at least 40. b. Concrete J t hove an average Floor Levelness roti g of at least 40. c Concrete m st be cured a minimum of 28 days or as directed by the manufacturer before opplic tion of RetroP ate can begin. Wet re of the concrete is preferred. No concrete ^edor is neoaooUry d. Application of etroPlate shal take place nstallation of equipment, thus providing a co lete, uninhibited concrete slab ior application. Z. Before general sealer/ ardener application, prepare 0 coat a yobsite test area of size acceptable to the Architect, to verify and approve roper surface preparation, application techniques ond oovorog° rob. J.application and ofhe,r application for time period directed by t e floor finish maxumct rer 4. The completed RotnoP1otna slab will be covered o prevent damage by the other trades during store completion. 2.1 Materials A. New stained finish existing concrete oor sealer: OCK-TRED Corp. (800) 762..8733, internet ww*.rooktn»d.com `ACUA_R0CK Clear ` ler" h/ ' etalids, water based 2 -component penetrating epoxy sealer coating meeting all USDA ;Vido|i id formulated for oe:ihy new and existing cast -in-place concrete. B. Hardening/ Sealing Agent 1. RotnoPYotm99 manufactured by Roo, ProdootoInc,(8O1) 812...3420 ~~=�� 2. RetroGuard Stain Inhibitor �� 3. Joint Filler: C�te�! Pro 75,Tw�--..*onent 100% so ids non -stain' Polyumn Elastomer. 4. SpellRepair: Multiple minor and Crete Fill Soo| Repair: High Strength hyv Jth ne, two part 1O0% solids. 5. Manufacturer's Representative: ct C rtis Turnbull at RmtnoPote for a list of Certified Applicators/888\942'2144 co. ..itr000t .com 3.1 Installation A. Surface Conditions 1. Examine substrate, with ins eller present, for c nditions affecting performance of finish. Correct conditions detrime tal to timely and pro er worki Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions e corrected. 2. Verify that base slabmots finish and surface pr"file requirements in Jivis on 3 Sect or "Cast -In -Place Concreto,' and Project Conditions oove 3. Prior to application, ify that floor surfaces are e of construction latents. B. Application The following followed as listed b low: A concrete grinding mach ne must be used. Floors should b 100 grit diamond pucks depeding on the condition of the slab. -orront design is for a non -aggregate floor, rn-"n|ng the following process is not intm`dad to expose aggregate. Please proceed u000rding|y, T e process is as follows: 1. Grind .floor usin 100 grit resin diamonds. 2. Clean the flVV using oVtomatiC scrubber or comparable. 3. Grind floor, us g 200 grit resin diamonds, 4. Clean the flo r using automatic scrubber or comparable. 5. Appy Retro ate 99 to floor at 200 sq. ft. per gal on, scrubbi g product into the floor ond o!ow|no product to soak until turning slick. f it becomes sticky, apply water to the surface a. necessary, leaving the product on the floor for at !e`st 60 minutes, O. Grind floousing 400 grit resin diamonds. 7. Clean th floor using automatic scrubber or comparable. 8. Clean a d remove any excess RetroPlate. Let the floor dry ove ni .ht. 9. Contin .e the polishing process using 800 grit resin diamonds. 10. Clean he floor using automatic scrubber or comparable. 11. Alter ately; depending on slab condition, grind floor using 1200-1500 i resin diamonds. 12. Cleo the floor using automatic scrubber or comparable. 13. The some process willfor new floors as well as rehab floors. Floor prep for the 14. re ab floors 'ill- be separate. *'ply on even coat of RetroGuard Sealerwith o brush,roller, or !mrpm sprayer, and urnish the floor with a black g ad. /[en surface is one' hour afterthe initial application, and 'burn�h'^ o second coat .n floor with u black burnishing . 15. Do not walk on surface for 12 hours, and do not introduce any water or m isture for at least 48 hns, allowing for proper drying and setting of RetroPYota and Ret oGuord. Water will Minimize the sealing properties of RotnoP|qto and RotnGuonj, tart any of th�Ooor finish applications win presence of manufact.urer's technical p osentative. Sealing, Hardening and Polishing of Concrete Surface 1. Concrete moot be in place a minimum of 28 days or as directed by the monuhzo'urer before application can begin. 2. Applicationl is to take place at least 10 days to the racking and other in-anro accessory installation, thus providing a complete, uninhibited concrete slab foroppU;`tiun. 3. Only a certified applicator shall apply RetroPlate 99. Procedures must be followed a recommended by the product manufacturer and as required to match approved test aomp|n. 4. and obroskm resistance of the surface without changing the natural appearance of the concrete, except for the sheen. E. Workmanship and Cleaning 1. The oremiSeo shall be kept clean ond free of debris at a times. Remove spotter from adjoining surfaces, as necessary. 3. Repair damages to surface caused by gleaning operations. 4. Remove debris frorn jobsite o. Dispose of materials in separate, closed containers in accordance with local D. Mortar Moteri 1. Portland 2, Mosonry c 3. 4, Water: Cie 5, Provide 0 ex admixture. a. Manufactu 'o ement: ASTM [150Type 1 or U, natural onlor. moot: ASTM C91, Type indicated, natural molnr. ASTM C144, ceon masonry sand. , fresh and potable. erior wall masonry mOrtor cOntaining an int,grol polymeric water-repellent .ev %L R. Grace, "Dry -8 F. Unit Masonry Mortar Mi s: ASTM C270 proportions by volu 1. Face brick: N mortar. 2. Dye: SGS #44 by Swlomnn Grind Services. G, Reinforced Unit Masonry Gro, t Mixes 1. Concrete fi I: ASTM C9 3,000 psi concrete. H. Joint Reinforcement, Wail Ties , t Manufacturer: Dur -O -Wal, / 2, Horizontal joint reinforcerne a. Single Wythe masonry: 320 ^~~~'' Anchoring devices: Provide indicated. o. CMU to CMU: Strap oncho b. CMU to structural stee: Di weld -on anchor rods to r Masonry veneer to cold -formed anchors, with adjustable 3/16" - attachment plate. a. Fasteners: DUNO-Wr . 807 corrosion -resistant cc ProvNm Seismic masonry veneer to ,, -formed m d Anchors: Finish, A TM A-153 hot -dip galvanized c, t: Welded I r type with matching corners and Tee units, Standard F J, 5, s p anr441 inserts, bolts and rods of type and size s O^ 1-v4 x 24" steelwith bent ends. D/A 701-708 Triangle Ties with plain steel ~~~~`- == .framing: Dur -O -Wal D/A 210W Tri -Tie veneer d awn steel wire tie sections and 14 gage screw -on elf -drilling, self -tapping screws, 1-1/4" x #10, .wo screw fasteners for each attachment plate. tal framing: When required, Dur-OeWa D/A es with D/A 213SP 12 gage .Seismic Pititels 213S 14. gage screw -on Sel and ,D/A 8706 9 gage P- a. Fasteners: Our -0 corrosion-rnmiston ,mic Anchor Pia cil Rods. Wal D/A 807 seif-d coated. Provide two `fling, self -tapping screws, 1-1/4" x #10, s rew fasteners for each attachment plate. Concealed Masonry Through I| Flashing: Ni R. Gram"Perm-A-Barrier" self -adhering modified bituminous sheet, 40 mils 'hick 1. Termination Momtic: W.R. Grace "Bituthene Mastic.' 2. Primer: W.R. Grac "Bituthene P-300 Primer," 3,' Termination bars: Extruded aluminum or stainless ste , 1" wide and .898( thick pre-Ouriched at on center, seeured with stainless st el drive pins. Accessories 1. Reinforcing 2. Wall weeps: 3. Compressi 4, Bond bre 5. Clwninagents: ra ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed billet Dure0eWal D/A 1006 "Cel Vent", clear flexible le joint material: Dur -O -Wal "Rapid Soft -Joint" D ker strips: ASTM 8226 No. 15 asphalt saturated o. Face Briek and CMU: ProSoCo, Inc., "Sure Kean New Moso b. ACWU: ProSoCo, Inc., "Sure Kean Burnished Custom Wono eel bars of • sizes indicated. oypropylen: co -polymer. 'A 2010. fing felt. 6. Exp 3.1 Installation A. Pre 1. � wy Cleaners," sy0eanor," nsion/Control joint sealants: Polyurethane -based, elootomoric nt sealantcomp ying ASN C920 and Section 07900 requirements. Color matched io adjacent surfaces, oration Wet absorbent tooa brick masonry units requiring wetting, in accordance 'th 8|A .r000mmondotiona Lay concrete monVnry units dry. Establish, U000, levels and oouro!ng, installed Mix mortar cernentitious materials arid aggregate in a mechanical mixer, Add amount to provide satisfactory workable consistency of mortar, Retemper rnort required within twa hours of mixingto replace water ost be evaporation. Disco after two and one-half hours of initial mixing. Do not use mortar after it hosrted to Ensure ties, anchors. and flashing are c meetly ater in :o mortar Installation - Genera: 1. Build walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single wythe walls to the actual thickne,ss of the masonry units, using units of nomina thickn ss shown. 9. Cut masonry units using motor -driven masonry saws to provide dean, sharp edges. Cut units to fit adjoining work neatly. Provide 100% solid units where cores would be exposed, J. Cold weather oonstruction, hot weather oonmtn/otion, ond masonry construction tolerances: Comply with unit masonry standard AC1 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 requirements. d. e. rete masonry receptacle and boxes ond similar Horizont I joint reinforcing: Provide, continuous joint reinforci wois as *flows: a. In *` second block course, 16" on center vertically, block -ourse where shown on the drawings. b. Lap ro, fnrcomont o full width at the corners and a intersections or use special fobricnt'd sections. c. Fully em ed side rods in mortar, at all concrete masonry full height of wall and every 11. Anchoring mason iy work: Provide anchoring devices the type indicated or required. 12Provide vertical e ansion, control and isolation joint in masonry where indicated. o. When not in /ooted' at maximum 30'-O" on ce ter b. Locate contro joints at points of natural we knoao in masonry and acceptable to c, Joint sealant co or shall rnatch masonry rn- terials seoled, 13. Untmcc Install loose ste'| |inhas furnished und structural steel work where shown. Set lintels in full bed of moral', 14. Flashing and o hnstai concealed U)r^lgh wall masonry flashing at all wall sills, masonry openings in exterior wmiw with mo onry above • he d, over all hohzontV| steel members built into masonry ond e sewhere as indioofProvido ^droinugo wal system" masonry b. Provide end dams and flashing vertically at least 8" and built into or anchor watertight installation. Flexible Membrane F ing; 1` Install membrane flom' instructions. 2.) Fulk, adhere flashin 3.) 4.) 5.) Lap flashing joints Trim botto Seal edges, sea. n a mastic. -~~^ bc with a termination bar for a complete 15. Install weeps in head joints Space weeps moximum of Install weeps at head joi, face of mommryunit, 16. Install compressible joi t fillers and seal with e D. Masonry Veneer Walls: 1. Metal framed walls: meta ties screwed 3, Maintain veneer accordance with manufacturer's installation bstrate. um of 6", seal and roil with a hand roller. cfrom exposed face of masonry. nd penetrations with mdnufacturer's recommended of final course "f exterior masonry wythe above flashing. 24" on center hor ontally and located to avoid door openings. ts with outside face of weep material he d 1/8" from the finish materia at lintels and horizontal steel members. Build in joint stomeric joint sealant. Tie exterior masonry venee to metal stud framing. all cavity free of mortar droppings a :ring masonry installation. he to back-up wall with individual Architectural Conoro+Masonry Units: notal ACMU in 0000rdo`cn with the manufacturer's insta lotion instructi ns and the following: 1. Draw ACMU f em more than one pallet at a time during i stallation. Reinforced Concre e Masonry 1. Reinforce«nd fill CMU/ACMU wall and co umn masonry wher indicated. FP all cores so id with conoote fill. Comp with N��'TEKBulletins 3-2, 3-3A cnd 14-2 recommendations. a. Co ply with drawing details for reinforcing steel size on' spacing. 2. Install ond beams where indicated. Reinforce ond fill units soli with concrete Comp with drawing details for reinforcing steel size and spacing G, Repair, P. inting and Cleaning 1. In rocess cleaning: Wipe off excess mortar as the work progresse Dry brush with b istle brushes exposed masonry at the end of each day's work. Re love Mortar spatters nd joint ridges. 2, Clean all exposed masonry. Cleaning agents subject to Architect's app oval. Before applying any cleaning agent to the entire wall, clean a sample. woarea of approximately 20 square feet in q location acceptable to the Architect. Do not prnoenwith final 000nihg until the sample area has been allowed to dry a minimum of 3 `"ym and the test area cleaning approved. Protect all windows, doors, louvers, meta in Is and other corrodible por[m. Damaged materials and work rep aced at .Contractor's exp Ise. Dry clean exposed surfaces to remove large particles of mortar using hardwo d wood paddies and scrapers. Metal tools not acceptable. Presoak exposed masonry surfaces by saturating with water and flush off oose mortar and dirt. o, Apply cleaning solutions and clean masonry in accordance with . the cleaning mate manufacturer's cleaning instructions. 6. Muriatic acid cleaning of masonry not permitted. Architectural Concrete Masonry-. 1. Keep ACMU walls clean during inotoUotkm. Remove excess mortar on daily basis using brushes, rags or burlap squoros. 2. Clean completed walls with detergent masonry cleaner recommended by the ACMU• manufacturer, Acid cleaning ogo:to, abrasive cleaners, tools or powders and metal ononing tools and brushes are not permitted. J. After final clean down and when wails are dry, apply ACMU acrylic finish coating in accordance with ACMU manufacturer's application instructions. IVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.1 General: Provide structural steel in accordance with the General Structural Notes andstructural drawings and details. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following: 1. AISC "Specification for the Design. Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings." 2. AISC "Code of Standard Prontice^ 3. AWS "Structural Welding Code, D1.1 -Steel." 2.1 Materials: A. Materials compliance: When roqueuted, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each type of material required. B. Structural Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M' 36 ksi steel. C. ' Tubular Steel: ASTM A500 46 ksi yield strength steel, cold -formed welded and seamless. D.Structural pipe: ASTM A53' type and grade selected by the fabricator as required for design |ooding, standard finish, standard weight (Schedule 40) except as otherwise indicated. E. Grout ASTM C1107 pre -mixed shrinkage resistant, n"n-motnUio, non-oornouivo' non -staining grout. '~ F ^ Shop paint primer: SSPC Paint 2 G. Fabrication: Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC "Specification - Structural Steel for Buildings" and "Code of Standard Practice." Provide welded or bolted connections in accordance with the Structural Drawings connection requirements. 1, Welding: Conform to AWS welding standards. Provide only continuous welds, spot welding is not acceptable. Grind all exposed welds smooth. 2. Splicing: Motoria|, if spliced, shall have maximum one splice per structural member. Perform splicing by full penetration butt -welding using AWS qualified welders and welding methods. ` J. Shop painting: Shop paint structural metal members, except members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded and galvanized surfaces. 3.1 Installation: A. Erection: accordance with AISC "Specification - Structural Steel for Buildings and Code of Standard Practicer'. 1. Plumb, level and align base plates for structural members with steel shims. 2. Grout structural steel base plates solid that bear on concrete or masonry surfaces. B. Testing: When required, comply with drawings testing requirements. SECTION 05400 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 1.1 General: Provide cold -formed metal framing in accordance with the General Structural Notes and structural drawings and details. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following: 1. AIS SGO22-01 "Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members." 2. AWS "Structural Welding Codes, D1.3 -Sheet Steel." 2.1 Materials: A. Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each type of material required. 8. Load -Bearing A1003i Gage, Grade and Type indicated. 1. Components: Provide sizes and shapes indicated. 2. Finish: Galvanized complying with ASTM A853' minimum G60 coating. C. Fabrication: 1. Cold -formed metal framing may be prefabricated into panels before erection. Fabricate panels p|umb, nqunre, true to line and braced against racking with joints welded. a. Provide one-piece full-length cold -formed metal framing members. Splicing not 2. Attach and join other h; by welding fasteners,as indicated. Wire tying of framing components is not permitted. J. Cut framing to fit snelfor attachment to perpendicular members or as required for angular- fit against abutting members. Hold members securely in position until properly fastened. 4. Sow cut field cut framing. Torch cutting not acceptable. D. Installation: 1. Erection: Erect cold -formed metal framing members of gage and at the Structural Drawings. Align and secure studs to top and bottom welding or screw fasteners at both inside and outside flanges. 2. Tolerance Acceptance: Install cold -formed metal framing member as OCTplans. Install to 1/16" tolerance. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 30�~~�1� =°. - - City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION =~ . � ^ �� ��t3-�m�Nw, wm �� spacing indicated on runner tracks by indicated on the RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA �M OCT1 Y 1� w�. ' ��^» PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 �������� 8 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON OCT ~"-~~. CO^ �G �[�THIS DRAWING 8AN IN SERV a, AND AS SUCH, REMANS OF PcTLEMEXICAN sRLL INC. R US'»FTHIS DOCUMENT ISLIMED ED ONLY BYvVRfTTEN WITH [mr{nlfMEXICAN Gat INC CHIPOTLE MsxICxwomu-IN[ /+n/vv,wuooP,SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO eO2Oz PHONE: (303) 595-4000 pmK(3O3)595'+m4 INTERNET: VVVVWCHIPOTLE.COM CN LU CO CO CO 0 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED oHEuKEu ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Specifications A 011 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1.1 General: Provide metal fabrications as shown and specified. A. Submit shop drawings for the following: 1. Patio Ball systems. a. v --t kre & size locations ant Sh>--trapi anchoring. b. 2.1 Materials A. B. C. nr US �E:u relations various members, joint 2.2 Wood Treatment: A. Preservative Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber). 1. Pressure preservative treat lumber with water -borne preservatives, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to a minimum retention of 0.25 pcf. 2. Treat wood blocking, nailers and similar members in connection with roofing and flashing. 3. Treat wood plates, blocking, furring and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C27 (Plywood). Identify "fire -retardant -treated plywood" with appropriate UL classification marking. 1. Treated materials shall meet "Interior Type A" FR -S ratings of not more than 25 for flame spread, smoke developed and fuel contributed when tested in accordance with UL 723 or ASTM E84, with no increase. in flame spread and evidence of significant progressive combustion upon continuation of test for additional 30 minutes. Ip Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials for each type of material required. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, 36 ksi steel. compliance Stainless Steel: 1. Wall: 18 gage, ASTM A167, AISI Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish. 2. Corner Cove Base: Custom by Decimet Sales, Inc., Contact Tony Hines or Lisa Pappenfus at (763) 428-4321. (No substitutes)' D. Diamond Plate: Nominal 1/8" thick ASTM B209, Alloy 6061-T6, Aluminum Diamond Tread Plate. 1. Wall: Bright reflective finish. 2. Floor: Mil finish. E. Patio Railing System 1. Submit shop drawings including the following: a. Show thickness, size, construction and welding, as well as assembly d Ings. Show true profiles, connections of all typical joint configurations c. "row installation (fastening) and proposed grout (non -g .. base) d. Show to detail and gate hardware manufacturer model number e. Patio railln• Ian, with dimensions and r '-.embly locations. 2. Fabrication a. Patio rails and gate a •°: h,. steel flat bar, 3/8" x 2 1/2", grade r ,e b. c. A36. Corner connect'" ` oe z. `. 2 Gatef• O sate hinges . .�wlf .closing, adj e' drilled P.rr�nril:l�wl bed 11ed .. ,ped .Tae e r. y d. Gay- ap shall have a rubber cushion e. a if corners and joints shall be sea weldedi M welding spatter shall be removed before sand blasting. " x 2 1 /2" x 1/4" steel L. angle. tension Hingeinstallation I. us� e type. sha yF ded are .:occeptoble, stop and be s' ed to the active gate. and outside o€ around smooth. Finish o. Patio railing shall be painted PPG Durethane, color 518-6 Knight's Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings for preparation. Armor. . to F. Exposed Fasteners: 1. Diamond Plate: #8 x 1" bevel headed stainless steel screw. 2. Hot Rolled Steel: #8 x 5/8" black oxide, phillips drive, flathead washer screws. 3. Patio Railing: a. All fasteners shall be stainless steel and powder coated to match railing sections. b. Spacer washers separating railing sections shall be 1 1/2" diameter and 1/2" thick they shall be one piece thick washers and not comprised of stacking washers c. Spacer washers shall be used on all straight sections and when railing panels join at 90 degree corner angles. G. Shop paint primer: SSPC Paint 2. 3.1 Installation: Comply with the Architectural Drawing details and the following:' A. Exposed Fasteners: 1. Corrugated Siding: Provide uniform 8" vertical and 7-3/8" horizontal pattern. All screws shall be in the "Valley". Screws shall commence approximately 3" form the side and 3 from the bottom edge of the wainscot. Exposed fasteners shall remain unpainted in natural factory supplied finish. 2. Flat Metal Panels: Provide 18" vertical and horizontal pattern or spaced equally if 18" pattern does not finish evenly. Exposed fasteners shall remain unpainted in natural factory supplied finish. 3 Diamond Plate: Provide counter sunk fasteners at perimeter of panels at 2'-0 on center maximum as well as fully adhering to surface. B. Stainless Steel: 1. Wall: a. Clean stainless steel panel with mineral spirits. b. Install stainless steel panels with Henry 117 oil based adheisive applied to wall with 1/8" notch tooth trowel. c. Trim seams as indicated on the Drawings. No exposed fasteners. 2. Corner Cove Base: Install a day prior to quarry tile base. Apply adhesive liberally to the back of the corner cove base and press and tape firmly in place until adhesive has set. Neatly caulk the top of the stainless with GE Silicone 11 (color Aluminum). a. Over Cement Board: Bond with GE Silicone ll, 100% silicone sealant for aluminum and metal. b. Over Stainless Steel: Bond with Hydroment Ultra -Set. Diamond Plate: 1. Wall: Mount over plywood substrate w/ flush exposed fasteners. 2. Floor: Provide continuous bead of silicone sealant to back side perimeter of plate prior to installation. 3. Mount with exposed fasteners. Provide continuous bead of silicone sealant to perimeter of plate after installation. • stem: Railing posts shal Railing ost T USE,[ ale, 4"-6" diameter - t. rout. a tolerance o at ing posts shall set in grout plumb and level, with Hand -inspect all joints and edges of installed metal materials exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints, and edges smooth and free of burrs. Unless otherwise indicated, fit joints. Grind and ease exposed DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.1 General: Provide rough carpentry work as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following: 1. NIST PS -1-95 "Construct on and industrial Plywood." 2. NIST PS -2-95 "Performance Standards for Wood -Based Structural -Use Panels." 3. NIST PS -20-99 "American Softwood Lumber Standard." 4. NF&PA NDS -97 "Wood Construction and Supplement." 5. AWPA "Wood Treatment Standards." 2.1 Materials: A. Lumber: Factory grade -marked, dressed, seasoned dimension lumber, S4S, air-dried, maximum 19% moisture content complying with PS -20, dimensions indicated. 1. Blocking, nailers and similar members: Standard Grade Western Dimension Lumber or Southern Pine species. a. Provide preservative treated lumber, where indicated. B. Plywood: Factory grade -marked, complying with PS -1, square edge, 5/8" thick. 1. APA -RATED SHEATHING EXP1. a. Provide Exterior Grade (EXT) plywood, where indicated. b. Provide fire -retardant treated plywood, where required by Building Code. C. Oriented Strand Board (OSB): Factory grade -marked, complying with PS -2, square edge, 5/8" thick C Kiln -dry all treated lumber and plywood materials after treatment to maximum 15% moisture content. 3.1 Installation: A. Lumber: Provide wood blocking, nailers and similar members where shown and where required for attachment of other work and surface applied items. Attach to substrate as required to support applied loading. 1. Use only sound, seasoned materials of longest practical lengths and sizes to minimize joints. Use materials free of warp. Make tight connections between members.. SECTION 06210 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 1.1 General: A. 2.1 Materials: A. Provide finish carpentry and millwork as shown and specified. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards - 1999." Doors and door hardware: Install all door hardware furnished under Division 8 specification Sections. Submit shop drawings for designated millwork. 1. Include complete details, materials lists and drawings showing fabrication of typical units, unit assemblies, locations and installation details. 2. List proposed cabinet hardware to suit indicated unit use or function. 3. Identify materials required to complete work ready for installation. 4. Obtain shop drawing approval before starting fabrication. Plywood: AWI Section 200 1. Concealed use substrates: D-3 Paint Grade hardwood plywood, with aspen veneer core, 3/4" thick. 2 Exposed to view finishes: Plumb Creek, AC Sanded Face Exterior Fir plywood, 23/32" thick by 4'-0" by 8'-0". Pressure treated with d -blaze to meet Class A fire rating, where required. Millwork: Materials and construction as detailed on the Drawings. Fabrication: 1. Millwork design and fabrication details shown on the drawings indicate design intent. Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard fabrication methods. Indicate all proposed variations from the drawing design and fabrication details on shop drawings. 2. Fabricate millwork in accordance with AWI "Custom Grade" requirements. Where details are not shown, comply with applicable Quality Standards or with alternate details acceptable to Architect as fabricator's option. a. All shop joints made with standard construction adhesive glued under pressure. Fabricate finished work properly framed, closely fit and accurately set to required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. Fabricate work straight, plumb, level and in true alignment; neatly and accurately fit, scribed and thoroughly secured. Plane and sand miters and other joints. Ease all square edges. Provide millwork clean and free from warp, twist, open joints and other defects. Provide finished woodwork dressed and sanded free from machine and tool marks, abrasions, raised grain or other defects on surfaces exposed to view in finished work. Finish: Provide exposed to view plywood shop finished with clear dull sheen ML Campbell Krystal conversion varnish. Apply two coats with scuff sanding in between. All cuts in field are to be sanded smooth and finished with clear dull sheen ML Campbell High Performance Pre -Cat Lacquer. Apply two coats with scuff sanding between. 3.1 Installation A. Install finish carpentry and millwork products plumb, level, true and straight with no distortion. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including countertops) and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry and millwork products to fit adjoining work. 2. Anchor finish carpentry and millwork items to built-in place blocking, furnished under 3. Section 06100, or directly attach to substrate framing. Secure to grounds, blocking and nailers with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Use finish nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where clear finish is indicated. 4. Touch-up shop finished plywood materials marred or damaged during delivery, storage and installation with custom blended polyurethane to equal Minwax "Wipe on Poly". Install casework without distortion so that doors and drawers will fit openings properly and be accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Install plastic laminate countertops, shelving and trim. Provide work level, true to alignment, accurately fit to wall conditions and securely fastened to base units and other support systems as indicated. SECTION 06605 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS 1.1 General: Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic panels as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: A. Manufacturer: Marlite, (330) 343-6621, internet www.marlite.com. B. Panel System: Marlite "Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) Panels", 3/32" thick, 48" wide x full height required. White color, pebbled high gloss surface texture. USDA approved for incidental food contact. 1. Panel trim: Extruded PVC, color matching panel color. Provide 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" inside corners, edge trim, and division moldings as required to complete the installation. 2. Sealant: Marlite "Silicone Sealant", white gunnable silicone sealant. 3. Panel adhesive: Marlite "C-551" water-based construction adhesive for panel application over porous surfaces. 3.1 Installation A. Install the FRP system products using panel adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install panels plumb, level, true and straight with no distortion; providing a continuous bead of silicone sealant in each joint and trim groove and between trim and adjacent construction. 2 Provide corner trim, closure trim at intersections of dissimilar materials and moldings at abutting panels. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION 1.1 General: Provide building insulation as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: A. Extruded polystyrene foam rigid board insulation: Dow Chemical Co., 866-583-2583, Internet www.dowbuildingmaterials.com 1. Type: Dow "Styrofoam" Type IV, 1.6 pcf minimum density, 25 psi compressive strength complying with ASTM C 578, R -value equal 5 per inch of thickness. and widths as required to coordinate with space Provide lengths insulated. 2. Perimeter foundation walls: Styrofoam SE, R -value indicated/2" thickness. B. Glass fiber batt/blanket insulation: Owens Corning Corp., (800) 438-7465, Internet www.owenscorning.com. 1. Type: Owens Corning " Thermal Batt" Type I unfaced glass fibers and binders formed into flexible blankets or batts complying with ASTM C665,. Provide lengths and widths required to coordinate with spaces insulated. 2. Exterior walls: Unfaced, R-val ue/thickness indicated C. Vapor barrier membrane: Polyethylene, minimum 6 mils thick, complying with ASTM D 4397, maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. 1. Joint tape: Pressure sensitive tape designed for sealing joints and penetrations of above and below grade vapor barrier sheets. 2. Mounting tape: Double-faced pressure sensitive tape suitable for mounting vapor barriers to steel framing. 3.1 Installation: A. General: 1. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for conditions of installation indicated. Install insulation in single layer of required thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions. Fill all voids. 2. Install exterior wall insulation continuous behind electrical boxes, conduit, piping and ductwork. B. Foundation perimeter walls and slabs: 1. Install rigid foam insulation vertically from top of slab to frost line or horizontally under slabs, extending a minimum 36" in from exterior walls. 2. Protect insulation from displacement and damage during backfilling and slab placement C. Exterior Walls: 1. Install batt/blanket insulation full height at exterior wall framing. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members and provide a friction fit between edges of insulation and metal framing members. 2. Provide galvanized wire mesh or metal strapping to provide supplementary support when required to maintain insulation in permanent proper location. D. Vapor Barriers: 1. Install a single layer of vapor barrier membrane over the interior of exterior metal wall framing after installation of insulation. Secure with double faced tape at wall framing. 2. Provide single unspliced material height. Horizontal joints not acceptable. Minimize vertical joints. Lap vertical joints and secure in place with joints taped. Provide tape sealed contact with door frames, window frames, piping, conduit, ductwork, registers and the vapor barrier. 3 Seal all cuts and penetrations of vapor barrier membrane with tape before installing surface finishes. C. Insulation and adhesive application: 1. Install insulation board with ilong"edge horizonta using running bond pattern, Off set ins •tion joints with substrate joints. Stagger joints and interlock joints at corners. adhesive to insu ation board with a stain ess steel trowel notched trowe roviding vertical unitor ribbons of adhesive when board is installed. Mount Insulation b on substrate. Level, align and � insulation in place: Provide uniform contact and s'- . with joints tightly butted Rasp edges and areas as required to produce a level, p1 '- surface. D. Base {Fool. and reinforcing rr I, app i atior : 1. App y detail mesh at come: f windows, dosr �o;er etratans through the RFS. 2. Standard mesh: - Apply base coat r 'yo tato a uniform 1/8 inch thickness, including raiudlnq rtgf impact mesh where indicated. E, . einforcing mesh into wet adhesive, lop edges at seams. Smooth surface until ,, E le. Allow to base coat to dry. u. Ultra -High , rpast neah coat overin board to a uniform m 1; 8 inch thickness. Fully embed ultra-high i..rforcing mesh into we dhesive, e, butt edges at seams. Smooth surface until mes ., not v€sibie. Allow to base coat to dry. cote at 4'-O" wide perimeter of the rear • service ..or to 6'-0" above grade and as indicated an Archit ral drawings. E. Apply fi. - E coating continuously in one operation to the entire wall surface Provia-- • uniform finished ap ranee. Level and texture - to I:he specified finish texture. Insta 1 joint sealants at perimeter joints and joints within the system using eiostorneric joint sea accordance with drawing details and sealant manufacturer's recommendations. a in SECTION 07250 - WEATHER BARRIERS 1.1 Section Includes A. B. C. D. 1.2 References S.C11ON 07240 -EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (PB) 1,1 General: Provide the exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and construction sha 1 conform to the following: 1. EIMA (EIFS Industry Members Association) Standards and Publications, a. 101,01, 101.02, 101.03, 101.86, 105.01, 200.02. b. EIMA "Guide ine Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation board. Quality Assurance: 1. System components: a. Produced by a single manufacturer or by manufacturers approved by th EFS system manufacturer. b. Fire performance: Flame spread of 25 or less, smoke deve oped of 4°0 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.1 Materials 3,1 Mixing 4.1 Insta Installer Qualifications: Performed by the system manufacturer or on a.plicator trained and approved by the system manufacturer. During application, the wo . shall be 1 spected by system manufacturer's representative, Environm Ital conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements. D riot install materials during wet or freezing weather. A. Manufacturer: "TO Corp., (800) 221-2397, internet www.stocorp.c%m B. Exterior insulation and finish system: Sto Class PB "Essence N 1. Air/Moisture arrier: Sto Guard system. a. Sto Gold Fill Joint compound for rough opening inside anoutside corners. b. Sto Guard esh: Coated glass fiber fabric rein c. Sto Gold co •T: Waterproof coating for wall sh C. D. xt" E p otection, sheathing joints and rcing mesh. .athing. 2. Primer/adhesive and ase coat: Sto Primer/Adl esive••.B, one -component, polymer modified, cement -bas, d factory blended primer/adhesive used to attach insulation board to prepared sheathing , ibstrates and as a bo' e coat in Essence claddings. 3. Insulation board: ASTM , 578 Type 1, nomin 1.0 Ib/ft' expanded polystyrene meeting EIMA Guideline specificotior s for EPS insulat`:n board. 4, Finish coating: Sto Essenc' DPR, ready -.ted 100% acrylic -based, textured wall coating. a. Medium/Fine Sand Fini b. Co or as indicated on the Archite�/rawings from manufacturer's full color range or match custom color. (��/ ,d 5. System warranty: 10 year labor on " Jerial. Portland cernent: ASTM C150, Type vwhite or gray in co or. Water: Clean, potable and free of atter. E. Reinforcing mesh: Sto open-weav \J; fiber fabric with alkaline resistant coating. 1. Standard rnesh: Sto Mesh nal 4.5 o' yd' fabric. 2. Ultra -High impact mesh: s.. ,rmor Mat, mina) 15 oz/yd` ultra-high impact fabric, 3. Specialty mesh: a. Sto Detail Mesh, n minal 4.2 oz/ yd? fie ible, symmetrical, interlaced glass fiber fabric. b. Sto Corner Mat, nominal 7.8 oz/ yd2 pre -c eased, heavy-duty, glass fiber fabric. F. Joint sealants: Polyuretha e base elastomeric joint sea . t complying with ASTM C920 and Section 07900 requireme ts. 1. Adhesion: Evoluat-.d in accordance with ASTM C1382. 2. Color: Matchin. EIFS finish coating color, and visuall acceptable to the Architect. G. Accessories: Provi `e plastic stops and trim where indicated. Materials sha EIFS materials anacceptable to EIFS manufacturer. 1, Starter Trak: Rigid PVC plastic track with weepho es and :rip edge. A. Mix material -z in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, 1, Mix 7th a clean, rust -free high speed mixer to a uniform consis.ency. 2, No apid binder, anti -freeze or accelerator additives permitted. lotion A. Prep 1. ration: Coordinate installation of roofing membrane, windows, doors and other •II penetrations to provide a continuous exterior wall air/moisture barrier. Coordinate installation of windows, doors and window and door flashing to rovide a continuous exterior wall air/moisture barrier. Install copings and joint sealants immediately after installation of the EIFS, ween EIFS coatings are dry. l be compatib e with Instal ation: Install Sto Guard air/moisture barrier system and exterior insu ation and fi ish . system (EIFS) in strict accordance with manufacturer's insta lotion instructions, complyin,, with governing regulations and industry standards applicable to the work. 1. Back wrap exposed board edges with mesh, 2. Provide double wrap or corner rat reinforcing at- all inside and outside corners. 3. Provide expansion joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for type o substrates and systems required, and visually acceptable to the Architect, 4. Provide drainable starter track horizontal edge trim as base of wall, above windows and doors openings and beneath windows with concealed trashing. Weather barrier membrane Seam Tape Flashing Fasteners A. ASTM International 1. ASTM C920; Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 2. ASTM C1193; Standard Guide for of Use Joint Jo t Sealants 3. ASTM D882; TestMethod Tensile et od f r o ens le Pro erties of Thin Plastic Sheeting Properties eat ng 4. ASTM D1117; Standard Guide for Evaluating Non -woven Fabrics 5. ASTM E84; Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 6. ASTM E96; Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 7. ASTM E1677; Specification for Air Retarder Material or System for Framed Building Walls. 8. ASTM E2178; Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION B. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists 1. Test Method 127 Water Resistance: Hydrostatic Pressure Test C. TAPPI 1. Test Method 1-410; Grams or Paper and Paperboard (Weight per Unit Area) 2. Test Method T-460; Air Resistance (Gurley Hill Method) 1.3 Quality Assurance A. Qualifications 1. Installer shall have experience with installation of commercial weather barrier assemblies under similar conditions. 2. Installation shall be in accordance with weather barrier manufacturer's installation guidelines and recommendations. 3. Source Limitations: Provide commercial weather barrier and accessory materials produced by single manufacturer. 1.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. B. C. 1.5 Scheduling A. Refer to Section 01400 Quality Requirements. Deliver weather barrier materials and components in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. Store weather barrier materials as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer. Review requirements for sequencing of installation of weather barrier assembly with installation of windows, doors, louvers and flashings to provide a weather -tight barrier assembly. B. Schedule installation of weather barrier materials and exterior cladding within nine months of weather barrier assembly installation. 2.1 Manufacturer A. DuPont Building Innovations; 4417 Lancaster Pike, Chestnut Run Plaza 721, Wilmington, D19805; 1.800.44TYVEK (8-9835); http://constructiontyvek.com 2.2 Materials A. Basis of Design: Hi -performance, spunbonded polyolefin, non -woven, non perforated, weather barrier is based upon DuPont Tyvek CommercialWrap and related assembly components. B. Performance Characteristics: 1. Air Penetration: 0.001 CFM/feet squared at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178. Type I per ASTM E1677. 2. Water Vapor Transmission: 28 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96 Method B. 3. Water Penetration Resistance: 280 cm when tested in accordance with AATCC Test Method 127. 4. Basis Weight: 2.7 oz/yard squared, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-410. 5. Air Resistance: Air infiltration at >1500 seconds, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-460. 6. Tensile Strength: 38/35 lbs/inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM D882, Method A. 7. Tear Resistance: 12/10 lbs., when tested in accordance with ASTM D1117. 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Flame Spread: 10, Smoke Developed: 10. 2.3 Accessories A. Seam Tape: 3 inch wide, DuPont Tyvek Tape for commercial applications. B. Fasteners: 1. For steel frame construction - DuPont Tyvek Wrap Cap Screws, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: 1-5/8" rust resistant screw with 2 -inch diameter plastic cap or manufacturer approved 1-1/4" or 2" metal gasketed washer. 2. For wood frame construction - Tyvek Wrap Caps, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: #4 nails with large 1 -inch plastic cap fasteners. 3. For masonry construction masonry tap -con fasteners with Tyvek Wrap Caps as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: 2 inch diameter plastic cap fasteners. C. Adhesives: 1. Provide adhesive recommended by weather barrier manufacturer. 2. Products: a. Liquid Nails LN -109 b. Polyglaze SM 5700 c. Denso Butyl Liquid d. 3M High Strength 90 e. SIA 665 f. Adhesives recommended by the weather barrier manufacturer. b(33I9 D. Primers: 1. Provide flashing manufacturer recommended primer to assist in adhesion between substrate and flashing. 2. Product: a. 3M High Strength 90 b. Denso Butyl Spray c. SIA 655 d. Permagrip 105 e. ITW TACC Sta' Put SPH f. Primers recommended by the flashing manufacturer. E. Flashing: 1. DuPont FlexWrap, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: flexible membrane flashing materials for window openings and penetrations. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 O CV w I_ w w H REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST TATE $ WASHINGTON lki •' ' ,4tial G 013 THI' DRAWING IS AN ME U OF SER CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS 'ROPE'` OF IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. ' ISSION ' �S1R USE PF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED • E D . • i IED ONLY BY WRITTEN GREE CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC [UT 072013 CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: EDED PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Specifications A 012 DATE: 10/10/2013 2. DuPont Straightflash, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: straight flashing membrane materials for flashing windows and doors and sealing penetrations such as masonry ties, etc. 3. DuPont Straightflash VF, as manufactured by DuPont Building Innovations: dual -sided straight flashing membrane materials for brick mold and non -flanged windows and doors. 3,1 Examination A. Verify substrate and surface conditions are in accordance with weather barrier manufacturer recommended tolerances prior to installation of weather barrier and accessories. 3.2 Installation - Weather Barrier A. Install weather barrier per regional requirements in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. B Install weather barrier prior to installation of windows and doors. C. Start weather barrier installation at a building corner, leaving 6-12 inches of weather barrier extended beyond corner to overlap. D. Install weather barrier in a horizontal manner starting at the lower portion of the wall surface with subsequent layers installed in a shingling manner to overlap lower layers. Maintain weather barrier plumb and level. E. Sill Plate Interface: Extend lower edge of weather barrier over sill plate interface 3-6 inches. Secure to foundation with elastomeric sealant as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer. F. Window and Door Openings: Extend weather barrier completely over openings. G. Overlap weather barrier 1,1. Exterior corners: minimum 12 inches. 1.2. Seams: minimum 6 inches. H. Weather barrier Attachment: 1.1. For steel or wood frame construction Attach weather barrier to studs through exterior sheathing. Secure using weather barrier manufacturer recommended fasteners, space 12-18 inches vertically on center along stud line, and 24 inch on center, maximum horizontally. 1.2. For masonry construction - Attach weather barrier to masonry. Secure using weather barrier manufacturer recommended fasteners, spaced 12-18 inches vertically on center and 24 inches maximum horizontally. Weather barrier may be temporarily attached to masonry using recommended adhesive, placed in vertical strips spaced 24 inches on center, when coordinated on the project site. L Apply 4 inch by 7 inch piece of DuPont StraightFlash to weather barrier membrane prior to the installation cladding anchors. 3.3 Seaming A. Seal seams of weather barrier with seam tape at all vertical and horizontal overlapping seams. B. Seal any tears or cuts as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer. 3.4 Opening Preparation (for use with non -flanged windows - all cladding types) A. Flush cut weather barrier at edge of sheathing around full perimeter of opening. B. Cut a head flap' at 45 -degree angle in the weather barrier at window head to expose 8 inches of sheathing. Temporarily secure weather barrier flap away from sheathing with tape: 3.5 Flashing (for use with non -flanged windows - all cladding types) A. Cut 9 -inch wide DuPont FlexWrap a minimum of 12 inches longer than width of sill rough opening. Apply primer as required by manufacturer. B. Cover horizontal sill by aligning DuPont FlexWrap edge within side edge of sill. Adhere to rough opening across sill and up jambs a minimum of 6 inches. Secure flashing tightly into corners by working in along the sill before adhering up the jambs. C. Fan DuPont FlexWrap at bottom corners onto face of wall. Firmly press into place. Mechanically fasten fanned edges. D. Apply 9 -inch wide strips of DuPont StraightFlash at jambs. Align flashing with interior edge of jamb framing. Start DuPont StraightFlash at head of opening and lap sill flashing down to the sill,Spray-apply primer to top 6 inches of jambs and exposed sheathing. E. Install DuPont FlexWrap at opening head using same installation procedures used at sill. Overlap jamb flashing a minimum of 2 inches. F. Coordinate flashing with window installation. G. On exterior, install backer -rod in joint between window frame and flashed rough framing. Apply sealant at jambs and head. leaving sill unsealed. Apply sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. H. Position weather barrier head flap across head flashing. Adhere using 4 -inch wide DUPont StraightFlash over the 45 -degree seams. I. Tape top of window in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. J. On interior, install backer rod in joint between frame of window and flashed rough framing. Apply sealant around entire window to create air seal. Apply sealant in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. 3.6 Protection A. Protect installed weather barrier from damage. SEC11ON 07512 - ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIR 1.1 General: When penetration of the existing roofing system is required to accommodate new construction, perform necessary roofing system repair. A. Coordination: Before starting work, verify with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the Owner the following: 1. Existing roof system materials and installation methods. 2. Repair work responsibilities and warranty requirements. To maintain original warranty, where provided use original roof contractor. B. Qualifications: Repair work shall be performed only by an experienced roofing installer approved or licensed by the existing roofing system materials manufacturer; with not less than five years of successful experience installing and repairing roofing systems similar to this projects existing roofing system. 2.1 Materials: A. Provide and install only materials approved and recommended by the roofing manufacturer for repairing the existing roofing system. 3.1 Installation: A. Preparation: Inspect roof surface conditions with roof manufacturer's representative to verify extent and location of any other repairs required to ensure a watertight roofing system upon completion of the repair work, B. Make necessary repairs. Match existing roof slope, insulation materials and roofing membrane materials, except as otherwise approved by the existing roofing system manufacturer to accommodate new construction and repair work. C. Install curb flashing furnished by mechanical and electrical trades for new roof top equipment. SE N 07720 - ROOF SCUTTLE & LADDER SAFETY POST 1.1 Gene Provide roof scuttle' and safety post as shown & specified. A. rdination: Before starting work, verify with the Tenant's Construction Ma ger and the Owner the owing: 1. Ver i that � other trades with related work are complete befor- nstolling roof scuttle(s). 2. Mountiesurfaces shall be straight and secure; substrate hall be of proper width, 3. Refer to the construction documents, shop drawings, d manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Coordinate %installati with roof membrane ( oof insulation manufacturer's instructions before starting. 2.1 Materials: 3.1 In•,ta ation: ''SCorrwww.bilco.com Manufacturer: The Bilco ...arV- ..aj 9,� ..�63; Internet wwr>f.btl.-.c.t..om or approved equal. e: S-0" -. r. V -WF �. 1. Roof `a.,�pttll.,. Type .,cal roof scuttle, ize •,. 0 width x z ., length (length' denotes hinge �Id ,e roof scuttle shall be aJ e leaf and come preeasserribled from the manufoct „-r. Factory finish shall be mi 1 finis aluminum. C ;3 2, gaiety f o Model 4 ladder safety post. The adder s. -t post shall come -y pr ca, . ;mlec €torr: �. Wealont: For sealants required within fabricated storefront system, provide permanently elastic, non -shrinking, and non•••migrating type recommended by 'sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement. 1.1. Tolerances: Reference to tolerances for wall thickness and other cross --section dimensions of storefront members are nominal and in compliance with AA Aluminum Standard Data. 2.3 ..torefront Framing System: A. Thermal Barrier '(Trifob VG -41T): 1. Kawneer tSoLock Thermal Break with o 1/4" separation consisting of a two-part chemically, curing, high-density polyurethane', which is mechanically and adhesively joined to aluminum storefront sections. a. Thermal Break shall be designed in accordance with AAMA TIR-•A8 and tested accordance with AAMA 505. B Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strengthaluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials, Where half be stainless steel. en rlmeter Anchors: When steel anchors are used, provide insulation 'between aluminum 'material to prevent galvanic action; E. Pac ng, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer unop-ned, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. F. Storey and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harm,u conditio :s. Handle storefront material and components to avoid damage. storefront material against damage from elements, construction activities, before, d ring and after storefront installation; 2,4 Glazing Systems: A. Gazing: As pecified in Section 08800 - Glazing. B. C. Spacers and Set 'ng Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric :ye. D. Bond -Breaker Tape Manufacturer's standord TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will of develop adhesion, d n pose material igina weather Protect and other hazards Gazing Gasket..:' Manufacturer's standard corripression types; replace ble, extruded EPDM rubber. E. Glazing Sealants: Fo for joint type, and as 1. Structural Sedan that is cornpatibl specifically formula structural -sealant : o. Color: Black 2 Weatherseal Sealant: 0; single --component sealant and other syst by structrual-sealant, for this use. a. Color: Matching str 2,5 Entrance Door Systems: structural -sealant -glazed systems, as follows: ASTM C 1184, single -component n with system components with whi ed and tested for use as structu anufacturer for use in caluminu ASTM C 920 for Type 5, Gra eutral-curing formulation t m components with whic atherseal-sealant, and ctural sealant. ommended by manufacturer tral--curing silicone formulation it corrins in contact, al sealant and approved by a -framed systems indicated. e NS, Class 25, Uses NT, 0, A, and at is compatible with structure it comes in contact; recommended •luminum-framed-system manufacturers A. Entrance Door Hardware: As speci Ted in Section 08710 Door Hardware 2.6 Accessory A. 2.7 Storefront A. B. C. Materials: Joint Sealants: For installation at pe: section 07900 Joint Sealers Framing Fabrication: , ;Trete[ Q � � <Iurninun:_ :tamed systems Framing Members, General: Fabricate ; lents that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiler:; that: are sharp, st.raigh . free of defects c,r deforrTTotans, 3. Accurately fit joints; make joie;s hairline and weatherproof. O , 4. Means to drain water passing�, rW>,ndensa.l4• an within framing members, and moisture migrating within thr win t exterior. 5. Physical a9 and thermal IsoI t glazing from kerning mhn9 mem bers. 6. Accommodations for. therm° no mechan'cal movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing ed e clearances. 7. Provisions for field replacem nt of glazing. 8. Fasteners, onchors, and co nection devices hot are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. as specified in Mechanically Glazed Framing M. mbers: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. Structural -Sealant -Glazed Ira Ing Members; include a commodotions for using temporary support device to retain gla :.Ing in place whi e structu •1 sealant cures. D. Storefront Framing: Fabric te components for ossembly .sing manufacturers standard installation instructions. E. After fabrication; clearly mark components to identify thei Shop Drawings. 2,8 Storefront Entrance Door Fabricob on: 2. locations in Project according A. Fabricate olurninurn-rromed gloss entrance doors in sizes Indic ted. Include a complete system for assernb ng components and anchoring doors. B. Fabricate aluminti n -framed glass doors that are reglazable witho t dismantling perimete framing. 1. Door corn«r construction shall consist of mechanical clip fasening, SIGMA deep • penetrati' n plug welds and 1-1/8" long fillet welds inside and outside of all four - corners. Glazing stops shall be hook -in type with EPDM g °Zing gaskets reinforced with non-str t.chable cord. 2. Accur ely fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints hairline in appearance. 3. Prepa e components with internal reinforcement for door hardwor 4. Arra ge fasteners 'and attachments to conceal from€ view. • 0 C. Weathe frames Aluminum Finishes: ripping: Provide weather stripping locked into extruded groove in door panels or s indicated on manufactures drawings and details, A. Finish designatiors prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Asso iation for designating aluminum finishes, B. Face ory Finishing:' 1. Kawneer Permafluor (70% PVDF), AAMA 2605, Fluoropolymer Coating (Colo Charcoal or as noted on Drawings) 3,1 Examination' A. Examine opening, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Into' er present, for compliance with requirements for instal ation tolerances and other condit ons affecting perfornjance of work. Verify rough opening diirnensians, levelness of sit plotand operational clearances. Examine we 1 flashings, vapor retarders, water and weather ba hers, and other built-in components to ensure a •coordinated, weather tight framed- aluminum storefront system installation. 1. Masonry S€arfaces: Visibly dry and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. i r 2. Wood Frame Wal s: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and wfY€thaut offsets at joints. Ensure that nal heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and withi 3 inches o,f opening. • 3. Metal Surfaces: Dry; c ean; free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, and welding slag; without sharp edges or offsets at joints. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Inst °!lotion: A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for instal a uminum framed storefront system, aluminum swing storefront entrance doors, accee..ories, and other components. 4 aluminum framed .storefront system and storefront doors level, plum., square, true to 'thcout distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored secure! in place to support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other jacent construction. line, • structur Set sill membe, e weather tight con and door threshold in bed of • sealant or with uction. D. Inst° aluminum framed penetrating joints, and m section 07900 - Joint Sealers. askets, as indicated, for 'torefront system and c:' ents to drain condensation, water mo: re migrating with 7 door to the exterior. Refer to Separate aluminum and other corro action at points of contact with ''es from sources of corrosion or electrolytic lois. Install aluminum storefront . ...ystem gl 08800 and the manufac` uirements. and glazing, in accordance with section Adjusting, Cleaning, and Protectio A. Clean aluminu -urfaces immediately after installing aluminum damaging pr: ective coatings and finishes. Remove excess sea arid othe substances. rained storefronts, Avoid glazing materials, dirt, a B. CI w.n glass immediately after installation. Comply with glass manufacturers ecommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent clean surfaces. frit tel I els, and' 0 C. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or domag during construction period. • SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 General: Provide door hardware as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI A117.1-1998 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ANSI/BHMA A156 Series Builders Hardware B. Quality Assurance: 1. Codes and standards: Provide hardware complying with local Building Code requirements and the Tenant's standards for keying and security systems. 2. Project scheduling: Performed by an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC). 3. Package each item of hardware and each lockset, complete with all screws, anchors, installation instructions and templates. Identify package indexing with corresponding item number of the hardware schedule. 4. After hardware schedule acceptance, provide necessary templates or physical hardware to required trades for cutting, reinforcing, or preparing their products to receive hardware. Furnish templates to metal door manufacturer's. 2.1 Materials: A. No substitutions allowed. Requirements for manufacturer design, grade, function, finish size and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated on the drawings. B. 3.1 Installation A. Review the keying system with the Tenant and provide the type required. Install each hardware item in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Securely fasten all attached parts. Fit faces of mortised parts snug and flush. Verify operating parts move freely and smoothly without binding or sticking, without excessive clearance. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as required for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in DHI "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware, unless otherwise required to comply with requirements of governing codes and regulations. Conform to ANSI A117.1 and ADAGG guidelines for accessibility. 1. Top Butts: 5 inches; top of butt from head of frame. 2. Middle Butts: 3'-2", centerline from finish floor. 3. Bottom Butts: 5 inches; finish floor to bottom of butt. 4. Locks: centerline from finish floor per hardware schedule. 5. Knobs: 3'-2", centerline from finish floor. 6. Pulls: centerline from finish floor per hardware schedule. 7. Pushes: centerline from finish floor per hardware schedule. SECTION 08800 - GLAZING 1.1 General: Provide glass and glazing as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 (1-91)"Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials." 2. GANA "Glazing Manual - 1990." Quality Assurance: 1. Codes and standards: Provide type of glass and glazing products that comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials. Comply with all applicable codes, standards and regulations that control safety glazing materials and installation. 2. System Performance: Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading and, where applicable, impact loading, without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of glazing sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work. 3. Installation: Performed only by experienced glaziers. Warranty: 1. Insulating glass: Five years from date of installation against defects that materially obstruct vision through the glass or affect thermal and physical integrity. 2.1 Materials: A. Glass: 1. Float Glass (FG): 1/4" thick clear float glass. 2. Tempered Glass (TG): 1/4" and 1/2" thick clear, tempered safety glass, free -of -tong marks. 3. Insulating Glass (IGL): 1" thick clear, low -e tempered sealed glass; 1/4" thick interior and exterior glass lites with 1/2" aluminum dessicated dual sealed air space; with the following characteristics: a. Low -emissivity coating on #2 surface. b. Visible Light Transmittance: 68% - 70% c. Visible Light Reflectance - Outdoors: 9%-11% d. Solar Energy Transmittance: 32%-34% e. Solar Energy Reflactance-Outdoors: 30%-34% f. U -Value - Winter Night: 0.29 g. U -value - Summer days: 0.28 h. Solar Heat gain Coefficient: 0.37-0.39 i. Shading Coefficient: 0.43-0.45 j. Manufacturers/Products: i. AGC/Comfort Ti-AC40 ii. Sun Guard/SN-68 iii. PPG/Solarban 60 iv. Virecon/VE1-2M 4. Spandrel Glass (SG) 1/4" thick, heat -strengthened "Vitrolux" with fused ceramic frit on #2 surface, by Interpane Glass Co. (800) 334-1797. Color as indicated on the drawings. A. Glazing Materials: 1. Glazing Sealants: Provide elastomeric glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated; compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, complying with ASTM C920. 2. Glazing Tape: Provide preformed, non -staining and non -migrating elastomeric tape, as recommended by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated, complying with ASTM C 1281. 3. Glazing gaskets: Provide manufacturer's standard snap -on aluminum stops and neoprene, vinyl or EPDM glazing gaskets. 4. Provide setting blocks, spacers and edge blocks of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, and compatible with surfaces contacted in installation. C. Fabrication: Factory fabricate and size all glass. 3.1 Installation A. Preparation: 1. Field verify measurements and conditions of installation. 2. Examine all details. Provide proper fitting to details indicated. 3. Glazing channel dimensions shown are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate glazing materials thickness, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by job conditions at time of installation. B. Install glass and glazing in accordance with the GANA "Glazing Manual" and glass manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Install insulating glass units to comply with recommendations by Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (SIGMA). C. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Provide spacers as required. D. Install glazing sealants, tapes and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set glass without springing and install securely to prevent rattling or breakage. E. Protect glass from breakage during remaining construction. Do not remove non -permanent labels until final acceptance. DIVISION 9 -- FINISHES SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 1.1 General: Provide gypsum board systems as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. GA 214-90 "Levels of Gypsum Board Finish." 2. GA -216 "Specifications for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 3. USG "SA923 Drywall/Steel Framed Systems." 2.1 Materials: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 D. Finishing: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for mixing, handling, and application of materials. Apply treatment at joints both directions, at flanges of trim accessories, penetrations of gypsum board (electrical boxes, piping, and similar work), fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as indicated. Apply in manner that will result in each of these items being concealed when applied decoration has been completed. 2. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. 3. Interior Exposed Gypsum Board Finish: Level 5 Finish. a. Locations: Typical for all walls and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated b. Finish interior gypsum board by applying the following joint compounds in four coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: c. Embedding and First Coat: Setting -type joint or taping compound. d. Fill (Second) Coat: Setting -type topping compound. e. Fill (Third) Coat: Setting -type topping compound. f. Finish (Fourth) Coat: Skim coat entire surface. 4. Interior Concealed Gypsum Board: Level 3 Partial Finishing. a. Finish concealed gypsum board construction that requires finishing same as exposed gypsum board construction, except the third coat and sanding can be omitted. E. Cement Board: Install cement board as a 16" high base at all kitchen and kitchen cook line wall types. S 1.1 11ON 09330 QUARRY TILE .eneral: Provide quarry tile flooring and base as shown and specified. A. Standards; Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI A137.1 "Ceramic Tile." 2. TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Ile Installation." 2.1 Materials: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION A. Manufacturer: United States Gypsum Co. (USG), (800) 874-4968, internet www.usg.com. B. Metal framing: Comply with ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 645 for materials and sizes. 1. Partition metal framing: a. Studs: Galvanized steel, C-shaped, sizes indicated, 20 gage "ST20" b. Runners: Match studs, type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and ceiling support of studs. Provide flexible ceiling runners for full height metal stud framed partitions continuous from floor to underside of structural members or deck above. C. Ceiling and Soffit metal framing/suspension systems: 1. Small areas: Metal stud framing of appropriate size and gage for spans indicated. 2. Large areas: Furring channel "Grillage" or "Direct Suspension System" designed for concealed support of gypsum board ceilings, of proper type for use indicated. 3. Furring members: 20 gage, galvanized steel screw type, hat -shaped furring. D. Gypsum board panels: USG "Sheetrock" complying with ASTM C1396, tapered edge face Panels 48" wide, in maximum lengths 9 the available to minimize end joint conditions, 5 8thick. 1. General use panels: Sheetrock Regular panels. 2. Fire rated panels: Sheetrock Firecode Core panels. 3. Water-resistant: panels: Sheetrock HUMITEK panels. E. Cement board: USG DUROCK Cement Board, 5/8" thick x manufacturer's standard width, complying with ANSI A118.9, and in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. F. Fasteners: USG Type "S" bugle head screws for metal framing, USG Type "W" bugle head screws for wood framing, manufacturer's recommended length for panel thickness indicated. G. Trim: Galvanized steel with knurled and perforated flanges. USG Dur -A -Bead corner bead, No. 200B casing bead metal trim, No. 093 Control Joint. H. Joint treatment: USG Joint Treatment System, utilizing "Sheetrock Brand Joint Tape", and "Sheetrock Brand Setting -Type (DURABOND)" compound for tape bedding and topping. I. Adhesives: USG "Sheetrock Brand Setting -Type (DURABOND) 210 or 90" compound for tape bedding and topping. J. Acoustical sealant: USG Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant, water -base type, gunnable sealant for sealing sound -rated gypsum board systems. K. Sound attenuation insulation: USG Thermafiber unfaced 3-1/2" thick, mineral fiber insulating batts/blankets; standard lengths and widths required to coordinate with spaces insulated. 3.1 Installation A. Install metal wall and partition framing and ceiling suspension/ support systems in accordance with USG Bulletin SA 923 and complying with ASTM C754. 1. Ceiling suspension/ support systems: Metal furring system/direct suspension or steel stud framing system. 2. Wall and partition framing: a. Install steel studs per schedule or at spacing indicated with bottom and top runner tracks anchored to substrates. Provide flexible ceiling runner tracks at full height partitions. b. Terminate partition stud system 4" above ceilings, except where indicated to be extended to structural support or roof deck above. Brace tops of partition framing to structure or roof deck at maximum 4'-0" on center spacing. c. Frame openings more than 2'-0" wide with two 20 gage studs at each jamb. d. Coordinate the installation of supplementary blocking and nailers, provided under Section 06100 work, to support shelving, millwork, toilet accessories, and similar work that cannot be adequately supported by gypsum board alone. B. Application and Finishing: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and Gypsum Association GA 216 "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board." 1. Screw fasten all gypsum board panels. 2. Metal Trim: Install metal corner beads at external corners of gypsum board work and metal trim wherever edge of gypsum board would be exposed. Use longest practical lengths. 3. Control Joints: Locate and install control joints in accordance with USG Bulletin SA923 "Good Design Practice" recommendations. C. Acoustical Treatment: 1. Where sound -attenuation insulation is indicated, seal gypsum board construction at perimeters, control joints, junction boxes, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. 2. Install sound attenuation insulation at scheduled partitions and ceilings. Install insulation in single layer of required thickness. Extend full thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tight around obstructions. Fill all voids. 3. At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between edges of gypsum board and fixtures, cabinets, ducts, and other flush or penetrating items, with continuous bead of acoustical sealant. 4. Seal sides and backs of electrical boxes to completely close up openings and joints with a bead of acoustical treatment. A. Man 1. 2 acturers: ▪ arry Ti e; Daltile Corp., (800) 933-8453, internet www.dattile.co Wa erproofing: a. Setting and Grouting Materials: Mapei Corp. (800) 426-' b. arry Tile Base Memebrane: Laticrete (800) 243-478' ww' • lot€crete,com Tile: Dal e 6" x 6" x 1/2" quarry ti e with 5" cove 1, 0Q44, rnpest Gray' color, Entire Kitchen ea: Provide non-abrasive finish au .. B. Quarry Group 1. C. Waterproofing for elevate waterproof membrane and 0, Setting Adhesive: Mapei Ultra A118.4. E. Grout: Mopei Kerapoxy, rapid curl to ANSI A118,6; #09 Grey Color. F. Quarry Tile Base Membrane: Laticrete A118,10-1999. 3.1 Installation A. C. °ted floor slab surfaces scheduled in accordance with manufacturer's it of orrr minimum 30 mil sus waterproofing at Areas: Instal waterproofing membrane at ail quarry the wall base. ins, 1 ;aterials in accordance with manufacturer's Installation instructions toP roduc. membrane of uniform minimum 30 mil thickness bonded securely to substrate. 1. Extend Laticrete 9235 waterproofing up all �� rt,�l well surfaces ces receiving qt. arry t1:,, base minimum 10" high. Extend i..aticrete 9235 waterproofing membrane 10" minimu horizontal y from all vertical wa l surfaces receiving quarry tile base. Installation: Irista 1, grout and clear; ceramic the in accordance with referenced TCA iris: details and ANS standard specifications for setting methods scheduled. 1. Floors; Latex-portland cement mortar on concrete; TCA detail F113 and ANSI A108., grout ANSI A108.10. Wet cure grout. floor slabs: Mapei Planicre hesive. =lex 1 polymer a, efflo, /34, internet www.mapei.com X 219, Internet se and appropriate trim; Price ry tile. W, heavy-duty trowelable two component -d one-step mortar conforming to ANSI e free, color consistent epoxy grout conforming aterproof membrane conforming to ANSI Preparation: Clean substratF es, schedule t^ all coatings that may irnpa;, J. 1. Center tile fields both a:, ections in each .loo cutting. Avoid tile less than one-half size. L• 2. Maintain units u ormly "in plane. Provide st. receive quarry tile, thoroughly and remove area. Adjust layout to minimize tile ate cuts to be least conspicuous. rah..' t, uniform joint widths and grout lines. Elevated Floor Gab tns.ull waterproofing membrane ra, P n_ e e to receive quarry ti e floor finish install membrane materials installation ins' uctions to produce a 'waterproof membranene thickness bo: 'ed securely to substrate. 1, Exte:. waterproofing up vertical well surfaces minimum 10" h,• 2. Fx8and membrane down into floor drain flanges to assure .onti. ainage points. We C. • -n. membrane a waterproof ation SECTION 09340 - CERAMIC TILE 1.1 General: Provide ceramic wall tile as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI A137.1 "Ceramic Tile." 2. TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." 2.1 Materials: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER A. Manufacturers: 1. Ceramic Tile: Daltile Corp., (800) 933-8453, internet www.daltile.com. 2. For ordering purposes, contact the Daltile National Account Support Desk (877) 556-5728, reference "Chipotle Blanket Order" reference number NA -001985. B. Ceramic Tile: Field Tile: Dal -Tile; "Modern Dimensions" 2 1/8" x 8 1/2", semi -gloss field #N503 28MOD1P1, Arctic White color, horizontal stack bond pattern C. Setting Adhesive: Mapei, Ultralite Mortar. D. Grout: Mapei, Opticolor, #09 Gray, 1/16 grout joints. 3.1 Installation tile, A. Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces scheduled to receive ceramic tile thoroughly and remove all coatings that may impair bond. 1. Protect surrounding work from damage. 2. Remove any curing compounds or other contaminates. 3. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. 4. Install cementitious backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and board manufacturer's instructions. Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of dry -set mortar to a feather edge. 5. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. B. Kitchen: 3 1. Lay tile in horizontal stack bond, starting pattern with a full tile at the ceiling plane. 2. Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall horizontally and that no tile less than 1/2 width is used at the ends of the wall. Exception: when one end of the wall is a tile -to -gypsum board transition. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. 3. Use specified stainless steel corner guards at tile -to -tile and tile -to -FRP outside corners. 4. Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, color to match grout, at inside corners where tile meetsi tie. 5. Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, white, at inside corners where tile meets paint gyp. board, tile meets FRP or tile meets aluminum. 6. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Place tile uniform in jointswidth, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, escess mortar, or excess grout. 7. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. 8. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. 9 Clean tile and grout surfaces. CONSULTANT: U 1- w o = w I- Q(r) V- ) S it w • 1- Z >- g Ce 71- M Q d1) 2 - 68137-2805 0 �n Cr, co cV 0 ARCHITECT 4163 REGISTERED HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON ',OCT 07 2013 COPYRIGHT 2013 THIS DRAWING IS AN INS 1 RUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-9014 INTERNET: WVWV.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Specifications A 014 DATE: 1011012013 C. Restrooms: Install, grout and clean ceramic tile in accordance with referenced TCA installation details and ANSI standard specifications for setting methods scheduled. 1. Lay tile in horizontal stack bond, starting pattern with a full tile at the top of the base. 2. Arrange pattern so that a full tile or joint is centered on each wall horizontally and that no tile less than 1/2 width is used at the ends of the wall. Exception: when one end of wall is an outside corner. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. 3. Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, color to match grout; at inside corners where tile meets tile. 4. Use corner bead of 100% silicone sealant, white, at inside corners where tile meets paint gyp., board, tile meets FRP or tile meets aluminum. 5. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. 6. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. 7. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. 8 Clean tile and grout surfaces. SECTION 09510 - SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS 1.1 General: Provide acoustical ceiling systems as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. CISCA "Acoustical Ceilings - Use and Practice." 2. ASTM C635. 3. ASTM C636. B. Related Sections: 1. 09515 Cementitious 2.1 Materials: A. Manufacturer: USG Interiors, Inc., (800) 950-3839, Internet 'www.usg.com B. Ceiling Panels: USG "Sheetrock Lay -In ClimaPlus No. 3270" ceiling panels with white, stipple texture, vinyl facing, 24" x 48" x 1/2". C. Suspension System: Provide intermediate duty, structural class,` direct hung systems adequate to support light fixtures, ceiling diffusers and other normal accessories. 1. Exposed "Tee" Grid System for use with Lay -In Ceiling panels: USG "Donn DX System non -fire rated with 15/16" exposed face, cold -rolled galvanized steel with aluminum face cap, white paint finish on exposed surfaces. Provide hemmed edge aluminum wall angles, 15/16" exposed leg, white paint finish matching exposed grid. 2 Concealed "Tee" Grid System for use with Painted Gypsum Board Ceilings & Soffits or with Cementitious Wood Fiber Acoustical Panels (Tectum): USG "DGLW" Heavy Duty Drywall Suspension', System with 1 5/8" deep by 1 1/2 wide main tees and 1 1/2" deep by 1 1/2" wide cross tees. 3 Hanger Wire: No. 12 SWG galvanized steel wire. Wood Fiber Acoustical Panels: Suspension system. 2.1 3,1. General: Provide wood flooring as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. NOFMA "Hardwood Flooring Installation Manual." 2. NOFMA "Hardwood Flooring Finishing/Refinishing Manual." B, j -livery, Storage and Handling: Place wood flooring materia s in morns or sp flo. ing a minimum of 48 hours before the start of installation. Open pa- floori to permit natural •adjustment of moisture content. Maintain tier* to 70° before, during and after installation of flooring. Materials: nsta A. ation: es to receive ages of sealed )erature range of 60°F Wood flooring: 4" x 2...1/4" kiln -.dried, #2 Select Red Oak ardwood strip flooring, p tongue and groove Ndges. 1. Standard rondo • lengths complying with NOFMA gr .;ing rules. Sin sawn, Fasteners: Screw type f 'oring nails, fully barbed fl ring brads or machine driven fasteners as recommended by the floorirr manufacturer. Underlayment: APA -CC -EXT ply .od undep' �,, minimum 3/4" thick. J A. Preparation: Before installing fir • lean and 1. - Clear away debris, scror ,ementitio s O. and other substances ental to •prop 2. Perforin bond and mL . tests on concre are sufficiently cureand are ready to receive When moist e is present, install a single concrete, 1 edges lapped 4". All joints sea inspect substrate surfaces. deposits; remove sealers, dust, dirt, oil, grease performance of wood f coring, slabs to determine that concrete surfaces flooring. er of polyethylene vapor barrier aver d with tape. 3.1 Installation 3. install sine ; layer of plywood underlayment. Space joins 1/4" on all sides. 4. Vacuum nderlayment surface clean immediately before fi «ring installation. Insta 1 wo. strip flooring in accordance with NOFMA standards, inst . ctions and recom -ndations for the applications indicated. 1. aIind nail wood strip flooring into plywood underlayment. Space fa eners at 8" intervals, with minimum two fasteners per strip. Countersink all nail heads. Provide expansion space at all wall lines. Sanding: Allow installed wood strip flooring to acclimate to building conditions be re sanding, 1. Machine sand in .accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean wit power vacuum. Verify that entire surface of floor is level and smooth without ridges cups. Finish: Finish installed wood flooring with two coats of clear urethane floor finish. Provide surface preparation, finish materials and app ication conforming to Section 09900 -Paint: an Coatin.s re•uirements. A. Install acoustical ceiling materials and suspension systems in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, complying with governing regulations and industry standards applicable to the work. SEC N 09653 RUBBER WALL BASE en- A. B. Suspension system installation shall be laser leveled with a maximum surface leveling tolerance 2.1 Materials: of 1/8" in 12'-0" C. Install exposed Tee suspension systems with main tees nominally 12 feet long spaced 48 inches O.C. and cross tees nominally 4 feet long spaced 24 inches 0.C. D. Install concealed Tee suspension systems with main tees nominally 12 feet long spaced 24 inches 0.C. and cross tees nominally 2 feet long spaced 48 inches 0.C. E. Hanger wire shall be spaced 48" 0.C. along main tees, at all four corners of light fixtures (where applicable), at midpoint of cross tees adjacent to light fixtures and duct outlets, and adjacent to main tee splices. F. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire -tying either directly to building structure or to hangers that are secure and appropriate for substrate G Provide edge trim molding at perimeter of acoustical ceiling installation and intermediate vertical surfaces. Use maximum lengths. Miter trim corners to Provide tight, accurate joints. Connect moldings securely to substrate surfaces. H. Install lay -in panels level, in uniform plane, with joints snug and square and panels free from damage or soiling. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and penetrations. SE+TION 09515 - CEMENTITIOUS WOOD FIBER ACOUSTICAL PANELS 1.1 neral: Provide Cementitious Wood Fiber Acoustical Panels as shown and specified. A. Related Sections: 1. 09510 Suspended Lay -In Ceiling Systems: Tee grid suspension system. 2. 09900 Paints and Coatings: Acoustical Panel Paint Finish 2,1 Materials: A. Aco; tical Panels: Equal to Tectum, Cementitious wood fiber acoustical panel Tectur Inc. (888) 977-9691, Internet: www,t:ect:urn.com B. Panel Siz . Nominally 1 inch thick, see plan for panel sizes. 3.1 A. Provide resilient rubber wall base as shown and specified. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. ASTM D 2240 Rubber -. 85 Shore A Manufacturer: 1. Johnsonite, 'nc. Resi lent Rubber: 1. .125" (3.17 mm) Thr •.ness 2. "Black" color 3. Straight (toeless) 4, Inside and outside corners wi (800) 899-8916, Internet: www.johnso C. Setting Adhesive: Johnsonite 96`' 3.1 Instal ation: A. Preparation: Clean sub'- at surfaces scheduled to re .'ve resilient rubber and vinyl wall base •- thoroughly and rem.:e a 1 coatings that may impair bon.. A uniform temperature of at. least 65 degrees Fahr"i ,eit shall be Maintained for 24 hours be . e, during and after the insta lotion is .rmpleted, The wall base and adhesives sha I be .onditioned in the same manner. .0 red wall base shall be uncoiled and lay fiat for at lea; 24 hours at 65 degrees Fahrenh prior to installation, Floor and walls shall be c eon, dry, * • d free of dust, all paint wallpaper, and all other• foreign material, which may affect proper adhesive bonding. W. base may be installed on interior plaster, gypsum wall board, concrete, asonry, :ineral-reinforced cement board or similar porous surfaces. Wall base shall n be installed on surfaces that will be exposed to drastic temperature changes or moisture. ., ti iy : Use 1/8" s• e Y 1 t adhesive. iadhesive rl { Applic.ctr.�n. i�se a ..c�ua�e .patch trowel ,.a apply r;d.�esive. A,.�w ;.a set r... and then apply wa 1 base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ,eve Base Adhesive . cam SECTION 09705 - RESINOUS FLOORING (KITCHEN) 1.1 Factory Finish •s: 1. Natural (no ': sh). 2, Factory Pointe Natural (where panels are indicated to be 3. Factory Painted if -lite. ed). D. Insulation: Fiberglas So d Botts, 3 1/2 inches thick per .Ian, E. Screws: Use pre -finished, n%tural-colored drywall scre or field paint screw heads when installing natural (un -finished) acoustics panels. Accessories: Natural touch-up pa t by pane' acturer. G. Suspension System: Provide where in.' a' (0.1vide Armstrong 'Axiom' 6" classic trim (AX6STR) white, suspend with 12 go. wire hanger J at 48" O.C. max. Installation A. Attach acoustical panels to su" `J as folio 1. Wood Joists or Trusses n acoustical .anels directly to wood framing members, where Indicated1/4g Irw th 2 , , minimum len.r all screws spaced th s at 12 inches 0.C. maximum across wilt; of panels in rows no m ' e than 24" O.C. Install additional wood frarnirrg and/or bloc mg as necessary to ensure . at framing rr:ernhers for panel attachment are spaced no m. e than 24 inches apart. Do not attach acoustical panels directly to wood roof sheathing avoid roofing membrane puncture, 2. Steel Roof k -ck. Attach acoustical panels directly to ste roof deck bottom flute, where indicated, ith 1 3/4 inch minimum ength self -tapping dr all screws spaced at 12 inches O.C. m . imam across width of panels in rows no more than "4" 0.C. Install sheet metal strap- directly to bottom of steel deck where necessary to for an attachment surface a on panel ledges. eiling Suspension System: Attach acoustical panels to lay -in ceiling uspension systems, where indicated, with 1 3/4 inch minimum length self -tapping drywall rews spaced at 12 inches 0.C. maximum across width of panels in rows no more than 24" B. Install panels as indicated per plan, General: Provide labor and material for a 1/4 inch thick seamless cementitious urethane flooring system, including cove base, surface preparation and finish texture. A. Related Section: 1. Concrete Division 3. B Accepted manufacturer installers: 1. Contact Alex Dittenhoffer, Dur -A -Flex Strategic Accounts Manager, 860-888-2757 alexd@dur-a-flex.com for list of approved installation contractors for either new or renovation Chipotle projects. 2. The installer shall have been approved by the flooring system manufacturer in all phases of surface preparation and application of the product specified. The specific contractor will be formally accredited as a "Tier One Strategic Account - Restaurant Installer". A letter stating these credentials shall be provided by the installation contractor. C. Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1. Deliver material to job in clean, clearly labeled containers and inspect prior to start of job. 2. Store material in a dry enclosed area, out of direct sunlight protected by the elements. Keep temperature of storage area between 60 F and 85 F, in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations and relevant health and safety regulations. Environmental Requirements: 1. Refer to Technical Department for application of Poly -Crete MDB before 14 days of new concrete installation. 2. Verify that substrate is properly equipped with vapor barrier and perimeter drains. 3. Verify supply of adequate utilities including electric, water, heat, air conditioning (between 50 F and 85 F) and lighting of no Tess than 80 ft. candles measured at floor surface. 4. Free area of other trades during and for a period of 24 hours after floor installation. 5. Protect finished floor from damage by subsequent trades. Warranty: 1. Submit a one year warranty against defects in material and workmanship upon substantial completion of installation. 2.1 Products A. Product Description 1. Poly -Crete MDB multiple component, seamless trowel applied system with Poly -Crete CF dark grey topcoat as manufactured as supplied by Dur -A -Flex, Inc 800-253-3539. 2. Cove Base: a. For applications below 85 degrees slab temperature: Use Poly -Crete WR to form and design cove bases. Poly -Crete WR will set up quickly if working temperature reaches top end of application limits. For applications above 85 degrees slab temperature: Switch from Poly -Crete WR to an epoxy cove system using Flintshot aggregate and Glaze 4 Cove -Res with Water -Clear Hardener. Surface of cove base to receive two topcoats of Poly -Crete CF dark grey as manufactured and supplied by Dur -A -Flex, Inc. 800-253-3539 (First Coat is considered as a grout coat, second coat will be applied in such a way to provide a smooth, easy to clean cove face). b. B. Physical Properties of Poly -Crete MDB: PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST METHOD RESULT Percent Reactive 100% VOC Content 0 g/I Bond Strength to Concrete ASTM D-4541 400 psi, substrate fails Compressive Strength ASTM C-579 7,400 psi Tensile Strength ASTM D-638 1,800 psi Impact Resistance ® 125 mils MIL D-3134 >160 inch lbs with no visible damage or deterioration. Product Mixing: 1. Mix on site with manufacturer supplied pre measure kits and approved mixing equipment to ensure a timely, accurate mix ratio and minimize waste. 3.1 Execution A. Preparation: 1. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test ASTM F 1869-98. Application will proceed only when the vapor/ moisture emission rates from the slab is less than and not higher than 12 lbs/ 1,000 sf/ 24 hrs. Or perform relative humidity test using is situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 92% relative humidity level measurement. 2. Create a surface profile having a minimum profile of CSP 4-6 as described by the international Concrete Repair Institute with a steel shot blast machine, scarifier or dust -free diamond grinders. 3. Verify that the surface is dry and perfectly clean, free of all dust, preparation debris, oil, grease, detergent film, sealer and/ or curing compounds. B. Installation: 1. Application may proceed only while air, material and substrate temperatures are between 50 F and 85 F providing the substrate temperature is above the dew point. 2. Wherever a free edge will occur, including doorways, wall perimeters, expansion joints, columns, drains and equipment pads, a 1/4 inch deep by 1/4 inch wide keyway shall be cut in. 3. Cracks and joints (non-moving) greater than 1/4 inch wide are to be chiseled or chipped out and repaired per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Shallow Fill and Patching: Use Dur -A -Flex, Inc. Poly -Crete MD (up to 1/4 inch). 5. Deep Fill and Sloping material (over 1/4 inch): Use Dur -A -Flex, Inc. Poly -Crete WR. 6. Prime lower wall area to accept cove base with Dur -A -Flex Glaze 4 Cove -Res mixed with Glaze 4 Water -Clear hardener. Extend Primer material to floor at least 2 inches out from the base of wall. 7. Install a 4 or 5 inch high integral cove base at perimeter wall prior to installing the flooring system. 8. Cove base to be created using Poly -Crete WR or Dur -A -Flex Cove Res mixed with Glaze 4 Water -Clear hardener and Dur -A -Flex flintshot aggregate (Epoxy cove bases should only be considered when slab temperature is above 85 degrees F). 9. When cove base has cured, apply an initial grout coat of Poly -Crete CF. Allow grout coat to dry. 10. Install flooring system with flintshot aggregate broadcast into the Poly -Crete MD at an approximate rate of 1/2 Ib. per square foot. Aggregate should be broadcast to rejection. 11. Allow floor to cure for at least 8 hours. Sweep and vacuum all loose flintshot aggregate. 12. Using the edge of a steel trowel or a rub stone, remove any surface defects that may have been caused by broadcasting the flintshot aggregate in a lateral direction. Note: Flintshot should always be broadcast in an upwards motion to allow the sand to land softly on the surface of the wet Poly-CreteMD. 13. Clean and Vacuum floor a second time prior to the application of the Poly -Crete CF top -coat. 14. Seal the floor and coves with Poly -Crete CF at recommended spread rate. 15. Surface of cove base and floor to cove transition points must remain smooth and provide a resulting easy to clean surface. Maintain an average 3/4 inch diameter cove base transition radius. Provide careful attention to details to prevent top -coat puddles or surface irregularities that could snag a cleaning mop or collect dirt/ debris. SECT1ON 09770 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACING - PHENOLIC INTERIOR WALL PANELS 1.1 General: Provide paper/phenolic composite wall panels and accessories for interior walls and millwork as shown and specified. 1.2 Related Sections: A. B. c. D. Section 05400 Section 06210 - Section 07900 Section 09260 - Cold Formed Metal Framing Finish Carpentry and Millwork - Joint Sealers - Gypsum Board Systems 1.3 Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: A. B. C. D. E. ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D 2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness ASTM D 6272 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials by Four -Point Bending ASTM E 84 - Standard Method for Surface Burning Characteristics for Building Materials ASTM E 831 - Standard Test Method for Linear Thermal Expansion of Solid Materials by Thermomechanical Analysis 1.4 Design/Performanance Requirements: A. Design and size of wall panel assemblies including wall panels, mounting system to support weight of panels. B. Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on expected movement of material as defined in fabrication guidelines. 1.5 Submittals: A. Shop Drawings: Submit plan, section, and elevation drawings to describe the layout, profiles and product components, including panel sizes and patterns, edge conditions, panel joints, fixture location, anchorage, accessories, finish colors, and textures. Obtain shop drawing approval before starting fabrication. 1.6 Quality Assurance: A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A single manufacturer with a minimum of ten years experience. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, and with a minimum of three years documented experience. 1.7 Delivery, Storage and Handling: A. Refer to Section 01400 Quality Requirements. B. Deliver products packaged to minimize damage during shipping. Include items such as wooden side boards, wooden lids, and spacers or protective sheeting between panels to protect the panels from surface and/or edge damage. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. Store products in an enclosed area protected from direct sunlight, moisture and heat. maintain consistent temperature and humidity. Do not store sheets, or fabricated panels vertically. D. When moving sheets, lift evenly to avoid dragging panels across each other and scratching the surface. Remove all labels and stickers immediately after installation. C. 1.8 Scheduling: A. Coordinate wall panel assemblies with flashing, trim, and other adjoining work to provide a complete installation. B. Ensure that products of this section are provided in time to prevent interruption of construction progress. a 1.9 Project Conditions: A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. B. Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field measurements before composite wall panel fabrication and indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.10 Warranty A. 20 Year Limited Warranty for Commercial Use. 2.1 Manufacturers: A. Manufacturer: Richlite Company, Contact: Sergei Hasegawa; New York Office, 66 North 11th Street; Brooklyn, NY 11249; Tel: 718-715-0843; Mobile: 718-986-9265; Fax: 718-210-3595; Email: (sergei@richlite.com); Web: www.richlite.com 2.2 Application: A. Apply Phenolic Composite Wall Panels at walls and other surfaces as indicated on the Drawings. Phenolic Composite Wall Panels are architectural wall panels applied over a sheathed stud wall or other solid blocking per Drawings. 2.3 Phenolic Wall Panels: A. 2.4 Accessories: Phenolic Composite Wall Panels: Richlite wall panel material: 1. Solid wallpanel a material manufactured of thermosetting resins,, homogeneously reinforced with wood -based fibers that are heated and compressed to become sheet material. 2. Color: Black Diamond 3. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: 4. Thickness: a. 1/4" minimum b. 5/16" 5 Physical Properties: a. ASTM E 831-06 Coefficient of linear thermal expansion: 1) X Direction edge 11.7 &micro; m/(m degreesF) 2) Y Direction edge 6.46 &micro;m/(m degreesF) 3) Z Direction face 39.3 &mirco; m/(m degreesF) ASTM D 2240 Hardness / Shore D: 1) Face 92 average. 2) Edge 91 average. ASTM D 638-08, - Tensile Strength and Tensile Modulus: 1) X Direction Tensile Strength face (psi) 14,600 2) Y Direction Tensile Strength face (psi) 18,100 3) X Direction Tensile Modulus face (Msi) 1.15 4) Y Direction Tensile Modulus face (Msi) 1.68 ASTM D 6272-02, Flexural Strength and Flexural Modulus: 1) X Direction Flexural Strength face (Ksi) 18.8 2) Y Direction Flexural Strength face (Ksi) 23.6 3) X Direction Flexural Modulus face (Msi) 1.16 4) Y Direction Flexural Modulus face (Msi) 1.68 Performance: Flame Spread: Class A, ASTM E 84. Smoke Development: Less than 450, ASTM E 84. Matte, with shop -applied surface sealer. b. c. d. Fire a. b. a solid REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION A. Panel Fasteners: #10 x 1-1/4" flat phillips head black oxide wood screws to be used with wood blocking and #10 x 1-1/4" flat phillips head black oxide sheet metal screws to be used with sheet metal blocking as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of composite wall panels by means of factory -applied coating. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete composite wall panel assembly including trim, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. match . material and finish of composite wall panels unless otherwise indicated. C. 2.5 Fabrication: A. General: Fabricate and finish composite wall panels and accessories at the fabrication location to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. B. Fabricate panels to comply with indicated panel layout, profiles and configurations; and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Edge Treatment: Fabricate panels with eased sanded edges 2. Form panel lines, breaks, and angles to be sharp and true, with surfaces free from warp and buckle. 3. Fabricate panels with sharply cut edges, with no displacement of face sheets or protrusion of core material. 4. Sand and prepare surfaces with 150 grit sandpaper and maroon scotchbrite per manufacturers fabrication guidelines. 5. Drill through holes to have tolerance for expansion and contraction. 6. Dimensional Tolerances: a. Panel Bow: 0.8 percent maximum of panel length or width. b. Squareness: 0.25 inch maximum. C. Finish: 1. Apply manufacturer recommended finish of "Richlite Enhancer" or "Osmo PolyX Professional". 2. Finish to be applied in the shop and not on site. 3. Touch up for site work use "Osmo PolyX Professional". 3.1 Examination: A. Do no begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Surfaces to receive panels shall be even, smooth, dry, and free from defects detrimental to installation of the panel systems. C. Examine wall framing to verify that panel support members and anchorage have been installed, with no deflection greater than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (L/240). D. Confirm interior sheathing is plumb and level, with no deflection greater than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (L/240). E. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 Preparation: A. Clean Surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 Installation: A. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install solid phenolic wall panels plumb and level and accurately spaced. CONSULTANT: 1 - LY 1 - CD =w SUED Q (� • LLJ cL M Q I - 68137-2805 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON OCT 0 7 2013 3 THIS DRAWING IS AN OF SERVI E, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS OF CHI'OTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC OR USE C F THIS DOCUMENT 5 LIMITED ND =D ONLY BY WRfTTEN IPOTLE MDCICAN GRILL INC RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER C. Anchor panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. D. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving composite wall panels. E. Do not use construction adhesives to apply wall panels directly to substrates or wall board. Use mechanical fasteners only. 3.4 Erection Tolerances: A. Shim and align composite wall panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet, non -accumulative, on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated and within 1/8 inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. AG CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall C U LL 2600 Southcenter Mal ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Specifications A 015 DATE: 10/10/2013 3.5 Cleaning: A. On completion of composite wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. Replace composite wall panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. 3.6 Protection: A. Protect installed, products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair and replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. SECTION 09900 - PAINTS AND COATINGS 1.1 General: 2.1 Provide paints and coatings as shown and specified. A. Provide surface preparation, prime, intermediate and finish coatings for interior and exterior and existing scheduled surfaces and items. B. Provide Tenant -selected finishes and colors for all exposed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C Quality Assurance: 1. Application: Performed only by skilled, experienced painters. 2. Provide lead free prime and finish coatings. All top coatings shall be mold and mildew res'stant. D. Maintenance: Furnish extra paint materials from ` the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below. Package paint materials in Unopened, factory -sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Tenant. 1. Provide one gallon of paint and wood stain of each type and color required for maintenance purposes. Provide original, unopened, labeled containers with color samples and a list of project use. Materials: A. B. C. Manufacturers: 1, Paint: PPG Architectural Coats. Internet: www.ppgpro.com Materials: No substitutions allowed. Exterior Coatings: Exterior Metals Preparation: Remove all rust, grease, oil and foreign material. Uniformly roughen surface with 150 -grit paper Remove loose dust. Low VOC: Prime: (1) coat, PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/ Finish Enamel 90-912 series. Finish: (2) coats, PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Int/ Ext Industrial DTM Semi -Gloss 90-1210 series. Application: Conventional or HVLP (high volume low pressure) Exterior Patio Railing: Preparation: Remove all loose paint, rust, grease, oil and foreign material. SSPC-SP2 Hand Tool or SSPC-SP3 Power Tool cleaning is minimum. Performance is better with more aggressive preparation. Primer may be required in cases of heavy rust or aggressive environments. Finish: (2) coats, PPG Durethane DTM Urethane 95-3300 series. Application: Conventional or HVLP (high volume low pressure) Existing Stucco/EIFS Surfaces (including wet areas): Preparation: Wash to remove all rust, grease, oil, dust, dirt, loose and other foreign material. Allow to dry thoroughly. Low VOC: Prime: Finish: Application: Exterior Wood: Preparation: Low VOC: Prime: Finish: Application: D. Interior Coatings: Interior Metals: Preparation: Prime: Finish: Application: (1) coat, PPG Perma-Crete Interior/ Exterior Alkali Resistant Primer 4-603. (2) coats, PPG Perma-Crete High Build 100% Acrylic Topcoat 4-22 series. Airless spray with back roll using 3/4" nap roller. Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with cleaning solutions, scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Allow drying thoroughly, smoothly sand surfaces exposed and dust off. (1) Prime any bare wood areas with one coat of PPG Seal Grip Primer 17-921 Series. (2) coats, PPG Manor Hall Exterior Acrylic Semi -Gloss 70-510 Series or PPG Acri-Shield Semi -Gloss PP649 Series. Brush, Roll or Spray (Doors, door frames, where indicated) Clean thoroughly and remove all rust, grease, oil and foreign material (1) coat, PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Int/ Ext Industrial DTM Primer/ Finish Enamel 90-912 Series (repaints only require spot prime of bare metal areas); Color: Gray (2) coats, PPG Breakthrough 250 Acrylic Satin V50-410 Series. Conventional spray, HVLP or Airless spray. Touch-ups shall be done with conventional spray or airless equipment or brush or roller. Interior Metals: (Metal Deck) Preparation: Clean thoroughly and remove all rust, grease, oil and foreign material. Prime: (1) coat, PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Int/ Ext Industrial DTM Primer/ Finish Enamel 90-912 Series (repaints only require spot prime of bare metal areas); Color: Gray (2) coats, PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Satin Acrylic Finish 90.1110 series. Conventional spray, HVLP or Airless spray. Touch-ups shall be done with conventional spray or airless equipment or brush or roller. Finish: Application: Gyp. Bd.: Preparation: Zero VOC: Prime: Finish: Low VOC: Prime: Finish: Remove dust, dirt, loose and other foreign material. Fill hairline cracks, holes and other defects with filler compatible with finish treatment. Sand smooth. On smooth drywall apply with 3/8 to 1/2 inch roller cover or nylon/ polyester brush. (1) coat, PPG Pure Performance Interior Latex Primer 9-900 (repaints: spot prime only) (2) coat, PPG Pure Performance Interior Eggshell Latex 9-310 series. (1) coat, PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer 6-2 (repaints: spot prime only) (2) coat, PPG Wallhide Interior Eggshell 80-310 series or PPG Hi -Hide Interior Eggshell PP389 series. Interior Wood Trim and Plywood - Clear Polyurethane Finish: (Plywood finishes shall be shop applied in a controlled environment) Shop Preparation: Scuff sand between coats. Shop Finish: (2) coat, ML Campbell Krystal conversion varnish, Clear Dull Sheen Application: Spray Field Preparation: All cuts in field are to be sanded smooth. Scuff sand between coats. Field Finish: (2) coat, ML Campbell High Performance Pre -Cat Lacquer, Clear Dull Sheen Application: Wipe on with t -shirt rag. Color Guide: Where What Color Sheen Exterior Ferrous Metals PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Semi Gloss Acrylic Finish 90-1210 Series PPG 518-6 "Knight's Armor" Semi -Gloss Exterior Wood PPG Manor Hall Acrylic Semi -Gloss 70-510 Series or PPG Acri-Shield Acrylic Semi -Gloss PP649 Series PPG 518-6 "Knight's Armor" Semi -Gloss Existing stucco and EIFS PPG Perma-Crete High Build Acrylic Topcoat 4-22 Series PPG 518-6 "Knight's Armor" Flat Alternate stucco and EIFS PPG Perma-Crete High Build Acrylic Topcoat 4-22 Series PPG 515-6 "Patches" Flat Exterior stucco patio and wet areas PPG Perma-Crete High Build Acrylic Topcoat 4-22 Series PPG 518-6 "Knight's Armor" Flat Exterior stucco patio and wet areas (Alternate) PPG Perma-Crete High Build Acrylic Topcoat 4-22 Series PPG 515-6 "Patches" Flat Interior doors, door frames, where specified PPG Breakthrough 250 Acrylic Satin V50-410 Series PPG Custom "Sweatshirt Gray" Satin Interior ferrous metals, where indicated. PPG Breakthrough 250 Acrylic Satin V50-410 Series PPG Custom "Sweatshirt Gray" Satin Dining room and hallway gyp. bd. PPG Pure Performance Zero VOC Eggshell 9-310 series or PPG Wallhide Eggshell / PPG Hi -Hide Eggshell 80-310 / PP389 series PPG 549-1 "Moonlit Snow" Eggshell Dining room and hallway gyp. bd. ceiling. 9-100 Pure Perf Flat 6-4110 Speedhide Flat PPG 549-1 "Moonlit Snow" Flat Behind perforations gyp. bd. PPG Pure Performance Zero VOC Eggshell 9-310 series or PPG Wallhide Eggshell / PPG Hi -Hide Eggshell 80-310 / PP389 series PPG 331-7 "Autumn Ridge" Eggshell Restroom and serving area soffit gyp. bd. PPG Pure Performance Zero VOC Eggshell 9-310 series or PPG Wallhide Eggshell / PPG Hi -Hide Eggshell 80-310 / PP389 series PPG 549-1 "Moonlit Snow" Eggshell Interior metal roof deck and metal columns. PPG Pitt -Tech Plus Satin Acrylic Finish 90-110 Series PPG Custom "Sweatshirt Gray" Satin Patio Railing Durethane DTM Urethane 95-3300 Series PPG 518-6 "Knight's Armor" Gloss 3.1 Installation: D. Preparation: 1. Provide necessary staging, ladders, shield, protective coverings and drop cloths. Protect floors, walls and adjacent work and materials. Remove and properly replace temporary protection and coverings removed from any part of the work or finish. Repair damage at Contractor's expense. 2. Clean and prepare substrate surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition. Clean and correct defects and deficiencies in substrate surfaces to be painted before applying paint or finish treatments. B. Application: 1. Mix, prepare and 'apply paint and finish treatment materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 2 Apply paint and finish treatment materials with brush or roller. Spray application of materials permitted only when specifically indicated. a. Apply material at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to provide a total dry film thickness as recommended by paint material manufacturer. Apply each coat of proper consistency. b. Keep brushes and rollers clean, free from contamination and suitable for the finish required. c. Unless otherwise indicated, allow exterior paints to dry for 48 hours and interior paints to dry for 24 hours between coats. d. Sand lightly and remove dust between coats to achieve required finish. e. Finished surfaces shall be uniform in finish and color and free of brush marks, sagging, holidays, corduroy and other imperfections. Coverage and hide shall be complete, f. Edges of paint or finish ad joining other materials or colors shall be sharp and clean without overlapping. Cut paint in neatly around glass or other edges. Paints and coatings work is subject to acceptance by -the Tenant. Correct unsatisfactory work not complying with these specifications as directed by the Tenant. 9. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10522 - PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHES 1.1 General: Provide portable fire extinguishers as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers. 2.1 Materials: A. Provide minimum 10 Ib. capacity fire extinguishers in quantity and type complying with local code and fire regulations requirements. 1. Provide new fire extinguishers fully loaded, tested, UL and FM labeled and listed and ready for use. 2. Provide manufacturer's recommended mounting brackets and hardware. 3.1 Installation: A. Install fire extinguishers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, at heights and locations acceptable to the local fire regulations enforcement authority DIVISION 11- 14 - NOT APPLICABLE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 302013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION l b(33" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT. 68137-2805 HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON OCT 072013 RAWING IS AN E, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED ONLY BY WRITTEN TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 • INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Ma 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Specifications A 016 DATE: 10/1012013 PLAN NORTH ARCHITECTURAL 1ST LEVEL PLAN \ N R SCALE: NTS 1. SLR \%I NORDSTROM 1).:'v0.!;t macys SEARS • T....T.. a, - PLAN NORTH T 3 r ICIf1r1C JCPenney • r. /\ 3 ARCHITECTURAL 3RD LEVEL PLAN A100 SCALE: NTS 4t GENERAL NOTES ALL SITE WORK INCLUDING PAVING, CURBING, PARKING, PARKING LOT LIGHTING, SIDEWALKS, LANDSCAPING, AND DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE ARE EXISTING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Q KEY NOTES 1. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING SHARED GREASE INTERCEPTOR LOCATED IN DRIVE AISLE IN MAIN LEVEL PARKING LOT 2. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION 3. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE RAMP 4. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS 5. EXISTING PARKING STRIPING IN PARKING STRUCTURE 6. GREASE WASTE/TRASH/LOADING DOCK ON MAIN LEVEL 7. SERVICE ELEVATOR 8. ROOF ACCESS/EGRESS STAIRWAY 9. WATER SUB -METER TO BE REINSTALLED IN TENANT SPACE, SEE PLUMBING PLANS 10. GAS METERS ON LOWER LEVEL 11. ELECTRICAL & TELEPHONE SERVICE 12. FIRE RISER 13. PATH OF TRAVEL TO PUBLIC RESTROOMS (WITHIN 200 FT. OF TENANT SPACE) 14. ACCESSIBLE ELEVATOR TO FOOD COURT/THEATRE 15. EXTERIOR MECHANICAL ENCLOSURE 16. TRASH CHUTE TO LOWER LEVEL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION MAINTENANCE SHOP DN TO L1 121601 121701 DN TO 11 121301 CELLAIRIS 121071 121101 OTALLY CHI 12211 1 CH I POTLE BOFA ATM7 DN TO 1.1 III It I1 I`i Ipl I lil:1 II 111 ROOF BELOW WESTFIELD MANAGEMENT OFFICE TO 1ST LVL ROOF BELOW -.0- IU 4.2 t B3t q PLAN NORTH RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER \ 1 ARCHITECTURAL 2ND LEVEL PLAN „ A100 SCALE: 1" = 60'-0" CONSULTANT: 8 CV LL W 'ELL' H- - M V' L(T O R M (X) w z 0 co 0 0 L c fV O 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARIAN R. FAUST TATE OF WASHINGTON ;CCT 0 7 2013 CO 13 TH S DRAWING IS AN IN ' UME OF SER CE. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT I5 UMITED BE N ►ED ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall CV U 2600 Southcenter Ma Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Architectural Shopping Center Plans A 100 DATE: 10/10/2013 EXISTING PHOTO # 1 SCALE: NTS 4 EXISTING PHOTO # 2 EXISTING PHOTO # 3 SCALE: NTS EXISTING PHOTO #4 SCALE: NTS PLAN NORTH 2 DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN A105 SCALE: 114" = 1'-0" GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES O KEY NOTES 1. DEMOLISHED MATERIALS SHALL BECOME THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE WITH FURTHER DISPOSITION AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2. SURVEY THE CONDITION OF THE BUILDING TO DETERMINE WHETHER REMOVING ANY ELEMENT MIGHT RESULT IN STRUCTURAL DEFICIENCY OR UNPLANNED COLLAPSE OF ANY PORTION OF THE STRUCTURE OR ADJACENT STRUCTURES DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. 3. PERFORM SURVEYS AS THE WORK PROGRESSES TO DETECT HAZARDS RESULTING FROM SELECTIVE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. 4. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN IN SERVICE. PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 5. CONDUCT DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND REMOVE DEBRIS TO ENSURE MINIMAL INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED AND USED FACILITIES. PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. DO NOT ALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO ACCUMULATE ON SITE. 6. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION, DURING INTERVAL BETWEEN DEMOLITION, REMOVAL OF EXISTING EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION, AND NEW CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THAT NO WATER DAMAGE OCCURS TO STRUCTURE OR INTERIOR AREAS. 7. TOTAL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION MAY NOT BE COVERED ON THIS SHEET. REVIEW ALL SHEETS IN THIS DRAWING SET TO DETERMINE TOTAL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION. 8. REMOVE & TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT SPILLAGE ON ADJACENT SURFACES AND AREAS. 9. TRANSPORT DEMOLISHED MATERIALS OFF OWNER'S PROPERTY AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM. 10. CLEAN ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES OF ACCUMULATED DUST AND DEBRIS. 11. ALL DEMOLITION ITEMS ON THIS SHEET TO BE PERFORMED BY CHIPOTLE'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION ACTIVITY WITH BUILDING OWNERS' REPRESENTATIVE. SOME DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED ON PREMIUM TIME. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ADEQUATE PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT ALL ADJACENT AND REMAINING BUILDING COMPONENTS. 14. EXISTING FOUNDATIONS TO BE PROTECTED AND UNDISTURBED. 15. ALL SALVAGED ITEMS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LINES, ELECTRICAL PANELS, MAIN COPPER CONDUIT, ETC. SHALL BE CAREFULLY DISASSEMBLED/DISCONNECTED AND STORED IN A SECURE LOCATION FOR POSSIBLE REUSE. 16. IDENTIFIED SELECTIVE DEMOLITION IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION MAY BE REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE NEW LAYOUT; REFER TO NEW WORK PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN SHOULD BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD. 17. MAINTAIN EXISTING SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING OF EXISTING STRUTURE AND FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. ANY COMPROMISE OF EXISTING FIRE RATING SHALL BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. 18. EXISTING GREASE CADDY & PUMP TO REMAIN DEMOLITION LEGEND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED 1. REMOVE PARTITION WALLS, DOORS AND MILLWORK COMPLETELY 2. REMOVE DROP CEILINGS, SOFFITS, DIFFUSERS, DUCT WORK AND LIGHT FIXTURES IN THEIR ENTITY. 3. REMOVE FLOORING AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION 4. REMOVE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING COOLER 5. REMOVE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND CAP DRAINS, AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION 6. CUT HOLE IN WALL, PREP FOR NEW DOOR, COORDINATE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION 7. RELOCATE TRANSFORMER AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION 8. REMOVE PREVIOUS TENANT SIGNAGE 9. EXISTING PLUMBING VENT TO REMAIN 10. REMOVE MAU, PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION 11. REMOVE EXHAUST FANS, PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION 12. REMOVE CONDENSING UNIT, PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION 13. RELOCATE ELECTRICAL PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ........... CONSULTANT: • IT r 1 1.000 .000 00.0.0 _ 1 _J W24X76 C=1/2" 11 r"--'"---- III 11 1 II 1 11 I Q O 111 l lII it 1 11 11 1 II 1 1--.tar_ria---_-__=-_ _-__===JIJ LL r-- 1 1 1 b ' I 0.0 r�-y I ILH- L 1 1 3'-4" 7'4 Q l3- 3 l �► RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PLAN NORTH P-ER-MIT-CENTE-R- akk 1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN ,, A105 SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" 0 CV W H P w w cC H N >- �r �i- 68137-2805 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST ATE 0. WASHINGTON orf 072013 CO IN 3 THIS DRAWING IS AN O SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS CHIVOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. OR 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS UNITED EXTEN'ED ONLY BY WRITTEN WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVV VV.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Demolition Plan A 105 DATE: 1 0/1 0/201 3 NOTE: MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING NEW CONC. PAD #4 DOWEL DRILL & EPDXY INTO EXISTING FLOOR DECK CAST IRON FLOOR SINK W/ STRAINER CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR NEW POLYCRETE FLOORING EXISTING FLOOR SLAB WATERPROOF MEMBRANE (EXTEND 36" AROUND DRAIN) HILT! FS -ONE FIRESTOP SEALANT, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS CAST-IRON WASTE PIPING FLOOR SINK DETAIL SCALE: 1" =1'-0" EXIST. CONCRETE FLOOR CONCRETE BONDING ADHESIVE CONCRETE PAD DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" NOTE: G.C. SHALL TAKE DIGITAL PHOTOS OF THE INTERIOR PERIMETER OF THE DEMISED SPACE IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION, PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION AND SEND TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. ANY STRUCTURE, PIPING, CONDUIT ETC. THAT MAY IMPACT CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPACE OR BE UNSIGHTLY IF EXPOSED IS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST. EXISTING STEEL COLUMN — 10'-3" I f 26'-4" V.I.F. LEASE LINE EXTENTS EXISTING STEEL COLUMN NOTE: G.C. SHALL IMMEDIATELY FIELD MEASURE TENANT SPACE @ THE START OF CONSTRUCTION TO CONFIRM OVERALL DIMENSIONS MATCH THIS PLAN - NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF DIFFERENT. I I I 33'-8" V.I.F. PLAN NORTH 2 DEMISED PREMISES PLAN ,, A110 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" U REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION W24X76 C=112" FD j TYP r, 24'-11" V.I.F. 1 ):1 ,, ,,, ,,,,,,, ,,,, ,, riorriaiiriir :;; . ;: • ' •� I\ I 1' t1 .... j11.11,1,„11 11 I, li4i f .' �.r-�~ / g1 / / �. / --07, - J ?rr i1P IFS -2 j/ / / / GENERAL NOTES 1. VERIFY OVERALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS, INTERIOR COLUMN PLACEMENTS, AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE INSIDE FACE OF EXISTING STUD WALLS. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. GC TO REVIEW ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR LIGHTING OR POWER STUB LOCATIONS PRIOR TO POURING SLAB. 5. REFER TO "03300- CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE" IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE PATCHING OR INSTALLATION INFORMATION. 6. VERIFY PERIMETER FOUNDATION INSULATION IS EXISTING IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. 7. COORDINATE SEWER SCOPING AT BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION. LEGEND FLOOR SINK (ROUND) FLOOR SINK (ROUND) FLOOR DRAIN (()) �!J FS FS -2 Q KEY NOTES 1. 4" RAISED CONC. PAD ON TOP OF EXISTING CONC. SLAB, SEE DETAIL 3/A110 - VERIFY EXTENTS W/ DELFIELD PRIOR TO POURING CURB. 2. CORE DRILL FOR FLOOR DRAIN/SINK LOCATION TYP. COORDINATE WITH FLOOR & PLUMBING PLANS. FLOOR DRAIN/SINK TO BE LEVEL W/ POLYCRETE FLOORING. 3. 5"x5" POWER STUB LOCATION IN CONC. PAD, COORDINATE WITH E110 & POS SHOP DRAWINGS 4. LOCATION OF MOP SINK 5. OVERHEAD SYRUP LINE 6. EXISTING FLOOR DECK HAS BEEN X-RAYED. REVIEW INFORMATION PRIOR TO CORE DRILLING. 7. EXISTING FLOOR DECK IS VERCO W3 MORMLOCK STEEL DECK W/ 3" LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE & 6x6-W29xW29 W.W.F. TOTAL SLAB THICKNESS IS 6" N G Q r r� FS TTI i N FD r —IN 4 19'-2" 10'-5" 15-2" 16'-112" 4-21" 1' 19'-102" 29-12' 20'-4" / PLAN NORTH SLAB WORK PLAN A110 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 0 CV w H- H - w Lu cc H- - 68137-2805 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON CO 072013 DRAWING IS AN AND AS SUCH, REMANS TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED ONLY BY WRITTEN POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: E CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Slab Work Plan A 110 DATE: 10/10/2013 EXISTING STRUCTURE ROOM EXISTING 1 -HOUR DEMISING WALL W1 WALL TYPE KITCHEN SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" KITCHEN W5 BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED FINISHED CEILING 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED OFFICE & KITCHEN EXISTING 1 -HOUR DEMISING WALL 5/8" CEMENT BD TO 16" A.F.F. W2 WALL TYPE METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. WALL TYPE SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" SIM: WALL IS ONE-SIDED VOID '•. COOK LINE @ HOOD BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" O.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM FLUTE OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS VARY HOOD 5/8" CEMENT BOARD FULL HEIGHT SHEET OF 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED METAL, EXTEND PAST EDGE OF HOOD 18" IN ALL DIRECTIONS METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. W9 WALL TYPE SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" SIM: BOTH SIDES FINISHED CEILING 5/8" CEMENT BOARD TO B.O. CEILING COOKLINE EXISTING 1 -HOUR DEMISING WALL W3 WALL TYPE BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING WOOD BLOCKING AT CEILING, TYP. 5/8" CEMENT BOARD TO VOID ? COOKLINE B.0. CEILING W6 METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. WALL TYPE VOID SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" DINING SCALE: 3/4"; I-0" BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" O.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM FLUTE OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS VARY 5/8" GYP. BD. - TYPE "X", FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. W10 WALL TYPE SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" DESIGN NO. U419 NONBEARING WALL RATINGS -- 1, 2, 3 OR 4 HR (SEE ITEMS 4 &5) W7 VOID KITCHEN FINISHED CEILING 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED EXISTING WALL 5/8" CEMENT BD TO 16" A.F.F. W4 WALL TYPE SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM FLUTE OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS VARY 5/8" CEMENT BOARD FULL HEIGHT 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. WALL TYPE SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" WALK-IN COOLER KITCHEN COOK LINE @ HOOD W8 BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM FLUTE OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS VARY HOOD 5/8" CEMENT BOARD FULL HEIGHT SHEET OF 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED METAL, EXTEND PAST EDGE OF HOOD 18" IN ALL DIRECTIONS 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. WALL TYPE BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. ATTACH TO THE BOTTOM OF DECK ONLY. FINISHED CEILING CLOSER PANEL 5/8" GYP. BD. - TYPE "X", TAPED AND SANDED ONLY AT COOLER 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED KITCHEN METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. W11 WALL TYPE FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS -- (NOT SHOWN) -- FOR USE WITH ITEM 2 - CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN DEPTH TO ACCOMMODATE STUD SIZE, WITH MIN 1-1/4 IN. LONG LEGS, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS 24 IN. OC MAX. STEEL STUDS -- CHANNEL SHAPED, FABRICATED FROM MIN 25 MSG CORROSION -PROTECTED STEEL, MIN DEPTH AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5, SPACED A MAX OF 24 IN. OC. STUDS TO BE CUT 3/8 TO 3/4 IN. LESS THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT. BATTS AND BLANKETS* -- (REQUIRED AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5) -- MINERAL WOOL BATTS, FRICTION FITTED BETWEEN STUDS AND RUNNERS. MIN NOM THICKNESS AS INDICATED UNDER ITEM 5. SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BKNV OR BZJZ) CATEGORIES FOR NAMES OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. GYPSUM BOARD* -- GYPSUM PANELS WITH BEVELED, SQUARE OR TAPERED EDGES, APPLIED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY. VERTICAL JOINTS CENTERED OVER STUDS AND STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS. VERTICAL JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS (MULTILAYER SYSTEMS) STAGGERED ONE STUD CAVITY. HORIZONTAL JOINTS NEED NOT BE BACKED BY STEEL FRAMING. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF STUDS NEED NOT BE STAGGERED. HORIZONTAL EDGE JOINTS AND HORIZONTAL BUTT JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS (MULTILAYER SYSTEMS) STAGGERED A MIN OF 12 IN. THE THICKNESS AND NUMBER OF LAYERS FOR THE 1 HR, 2 HR, 3 HR AND 4 HR RATINGS ARE AS FOLLOWS: GYPSUM BOARD PROTECTION ON EACH SIDE OF WALL FASTENERS -- (NOT SHOWN) -- FOR USE WITH ITEMS 2 AND 2F - TYPE S OR S-12 STEEL SCREWS USED TO ATTACH PANELS TO STUDS (ITEM 2) OR FURRING CHANNELS (ITEM 7). SINGLE LAYER SYSTEMS: 1 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 AND 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS OR 1-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 3/4 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 8 IN. OC WHEN PANELS ARE APPLIED HORIZONTALLY, OR 8 IN. OC ALONG VERTICAL AND BOTTOM EDGES AND 12 IN. OC IN THE FIELD WHEN PANELS ARE APPLIED VERTICALLY. TWO LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 AND 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS OR 1-1/4 IN, LONG FOR 3/4 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN. OC. SECOND LAYER - 1 -5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 3/4 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 16 IN. OC WITH SCREWS OFFSET 8 IN. FROM FIRST LAYER.THREE-LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. SECOND LAYER- 1-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. THIRD LAYER- 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC. SCREWS OFFSET MIN 6 IN. FROM LAYER BELOW. FOUR -LAYER SYSTEMS: FIRST LAYER- 1 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. SECOND LAYER - 1 -5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN., 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. THIRD LAYER- 2-1/4 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS OR 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 24 IN. OC. FOURTH LAYER- 2-5/8 IN. LONG FOR 1/2 IN. THICK PANELS OR 3 IN. LONG FOR 5/8 IN. THICK PANELS, SPACED 12 IN. OC. SCREWS OFFSET MIN 6 IN. FROM LAYER BELOW. UL #419 ASSEMBLY SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" KITCHEN EXTEND STUDS & SHEATHING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SLIP TRACK 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" PLYWOOD FINISHED CEILING WOOD BLOCKING AT CEILING OFFICE 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED, TO GYP. BD. CEILING METAL STUDS W/ FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 5/8" CEMENT BD TO 16" A.F.F. W12 WALL TYPE SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" GENERAL NOTES REVIEWED FOR CODAE ROVEDC OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISI N EXISTING PHOTO #1 SCALE: N.T.S. 1. NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SOUND BATT INSULATION /\/\/ •./\/\/\'\/\/\/ WALK-IN COOLER LOW WALL 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING OR CENTERLINE OF EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. NOT USE. 4. REFER TO WALL FINISH SCHEDULE ON A120 5. STUD SIZES AS INDICATED ON PLAN 6. INTERIOR DOORS ARE 4" OFF OF PERPENDICULAR WALL UNLESS ADJACENT TO AC PLYWOOD FINISH, THEN FRAME SHOULD BE HELD 1/2" OFF ADJACENT WALL. 7. IN SITUATIONS WHERE TENANT'S G.C. IS TO PROVIDE TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. FOR A RATED ASSEMBLY, THE TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. IS REQUIRED TO GO BENEATH THE SHEATHING AND FINISHES. 8. SEE SHEET A125 FOR ADDITIONAL SHEATHING BEHIND CERTAIN WALL FINISHES. 9. SEE A117 FOR STOREFRONT RESPONSIBILITY. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE HELD PER DRAWING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTACT CHIPOTLE CM OR ARCHITECT IF DISCREPANCY IS REQUIRED DUE TO AS -BUILT CONDITIONS. 11. NOT USED. 12. PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ALL SHELVING, SEE DETAIL 2/A115. (Q KEY NOTES 1. TYPE 1 EXHAUST HOOD ABOVE, SEE MECHANICAL 2. TYPE 2 EXHAUST HOOD ABOVE, SEE MECHANICAL 3. ALIGN STUDS WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE 4. OUTLINE OF COOLER 5. OUTLINE OF CONCRETE CURB, SEE SHEET A110 6. LEASE LINE 7. EXISTING 1 -HR DEMISING WALL 8. EXISTING COLUMN 9. OFFICE DESK & SHELVING BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER 10. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ALL ARTWORK, TYP. 11. PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ALL SHELVING, SEE DETAIL 2/A115. 12. NEW 3 5/8" WALL AROUND EXISTING PLUMBING - APPTOXIMATLY 48" HIGH, SEE DTL 4/A115 13. AREA OF FRAMED PLATFORM @ 9'-0" AFF FOR TRANSFORMER, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 14. FILL WALL OPENING WITH 1 -HOUR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY EQUAL TO UL #419, SEE DTL. 3/A115 15. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE CONSULTANT: 0 w w w f- 5- ol M 68137-2805 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST ATE OF WASHINGTON 'COT 0 7 2013 THIS 1 RAVVING IS AN SERVIC AND AS SUCH, REMAINS F CHI"•TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. SE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS UMITED ONLY BY WRITTEN POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC NQ 3'-6-1" 2 ENLARGED DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. 2x BLOCKING 5/8" PLYWOOD - FIRE TREATED 5/8" CEMENT BOARD CERAMIC TILE FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" ••=1N HOLD FINISH FACE 120" ED SEE CUT SHEET *Separate Mechanical Permit shall be required for: Coolers, freezers, .walk-in coolers and freezers, i.e. assembled and hardwired. *Self-contained "pluqin" coolers or freezers (appliance type) shall �nof require a mechanical permit PLAN NORTH l 9 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PE-RMIT-CENTER 1 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A115 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VWVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Architectural Floor Plan & Wall Types A 115 DATE: 10/10/2013 DOOR HARDWARE MATERIALS OKITCHEN DOOR - SINGLE ELIASON DOOR: FRAME: MANAGER'S OFFICE - SINGLE LEAF DOOR: FRAME: HARDWARE: (3) HINGE (1) LOCKSET (1TEMP 2) KICKPLATE 1) DOORSTOP. 3 DOOR SILENCERS 1 SECURITY WINDOW TYPE 1; 3'-0" X 7'-2112" X 1" DOUBLE-ACTING IMPACT DOOR ELIASON SCP -4 - SOLID WOOD CORE .032" ALUMINUM PANEL DOOR: WITH LOCK: TOGGLE ON KITCHEN SIDE, KEYED ON SERVING SIDE 10" DIAMETER ROUND VISION PANEL WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC GLAZING SET IN A BLACK RUBBER GASKET; CENTER WINDOW OPENING AT 60" AFF, STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S PIVOT HINGES. NO FRAME, ALUMINUM PLATE END CAP, SEE DETAIL 12 & 4/A125 TYPE 2: 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1-3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR, 1 -HR FIRE RATED TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED) STANLEY, MODEL FBB179 (SIZE 4-1/2" x 4-1/2") SCHLAGE, MODEL L9453BD-06A SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-035 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE (FINISH: BRUSHED CHROME) HIAWATHA, MODEL KP8X34-32D DON -JO, MODEL 1407-630, STAINLESS STEEL IVES, MODEL SR64 AIR LOUVERS, MODEL SLIMLINE 12" X 12" X 114" LITE KIT (10" X 10" GLASS VISIBLE) KITCHEN (REAR EXIT)- SINGLE LEAF DOOR: TYPE 3 ; 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1.314" INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR (NEW DOOR & FRAME IN NEW OPENING) FRAME TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED) HARDWARE: (1) HINGE (1) EXIT DEVICE (M CYLINDE 1) TMP CORE R (1) DOOR CLOSER (1) CLOSER BACK PLATE (1) DOOR VIEWER 1 EXIT ALARM 3 DOOR SILENCERS 1 DOOR BUZZER 1 LEVER (2) KICKPLATE HAGER, MODEL 780-224HD (SIZE 7'-0") MONARCH, MODEL XX -R -L -DANE (SIZE 36") SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-129 (FINISH: BRUSHED CROME) SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-035 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE (FINISH: BRUSHED CHROME) DORMA, MODEL 8916-AF89P (TOP JAMB), ALUMINUM DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM DOOR SCOPE, DS2000-AL TRINE, MODEL 206-3 IVES, MODEL SR64 TRINE, MODEL 233 MONARCH, MODEL DANE, ALUMINUM (EXTERIOR SIDE) HIAWATHA, MODEL KP834-US32D NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO RETROFIT LOCKS TO BE KEYED THE SAME AS DOOR 4 OSTORAGE (REAR EXIT) - SINGLE LEAF DOOR: EXISTING FRAME: EXISTING HARDWARE: (1) HINGE (1) LOCKSET (1) RIM CYLINDER (1) TEMP CORE (1) DOOR CLOSER (1) CLOSER BACK PLATE 3 DOOR SILENCERS 2 KICKPLATE HAGER, MODEL 780-224HD (SIZE 7'-0") SCHLAGE, MODEL AL70PD SAT, SATIN CHROME SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-129 (FINISH: BRUSHED CROME) SCHLAGE, MODEL 80-035 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE (FINISH: BRUSHED CHROME) DORMA, MODEL 8916-AF89P (TOP JAMB), ALUMINUM DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM IVES, MODEL SR64 HIAWATHA, MODEL KP834-US32D NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO RETROFIT LOCKS TO BE KEYED THE SAME AS DOOR 3 FLOORS BASES WALLS CEILINGS F1 F2 F3 EXISTING MALL FLOOR POLYCRETE RESIN COOLER FLOOR - COATED EMBOSSED STEEL B1 B2 B3 BLACK RUBBER, COVELESS POLYCRETE BASE, REFER TO 12, 13A & 13B/A125 ALUMINUM BASE, REFER TO 14/A125 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 GYPSUM BOARD, PAINT WHITE RICHLITE WAINSCOT, REFER TO 7,8,9 & 101A125 CERAMIC TILE - HORIZONTAL STACK BOND, SEE A126 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS GYPSUM BOARD, TAPED & SANDED STAINLESS STEEL EXISTING MALL TILE EXISTING GYP. BD., PAINT PER LANDLORD C1 C2 C3 C4 OPEN TO STRUCTURE 0 KEY NOTES GYPSUM BOARD, PAINT WHITE 2X4 VINYL FACE LAY -IN RICHLITE SOFFIT ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NAME & NO. 0 — w m J w U REMARKS DOOR TYPES DOOR FRAME TYPES KICK PLATES WHERE SCHEDULED 1, RE: SCHEDULE 1, DOOR TYPE 1 ALUMINUM PANEL DOOR WHITE FINISH 1/4" WIRE GLASS RE; SCHEDULE EQ/10"/EQ/ KICK PLATES WHERE SCHEDULED 0, DOOR TYPE 2 INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR RE: SCHEDULE DOOR TYPE 3 INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR 20 MIN FIRE RATING 3'4" FRAME TYPE 1 HOLLOW METAL ORDERING COOKING SERVING POS KITCHEN COOLER OFFICE STORAGE 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 F1 F2 F2 F2 F2 F3 F2 F2 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 REFER TO PLAN FOR WALL FINISHES C4 ±10'-0" SEE SHEET A200, POLYCRETE RESIN TO END FLUSH WITH BACKSIDE OF MAKE WALL C2/C4 ±12'-0"I10'-0" SEE SHEET A200 C2IC4 ± 12'-0" 110'- 0" SEE SHEET A200 C2IC4 ± 12'-0" I10'- 0" SEE SHEET A200 C3 9'-0" SEE SHEET A220 C1 STR. CEILING HEIGHT & FINISHES PER MANUFACTURER C3 9'-0" EXTEND SHEATHING TO STRUCTURE C3 9'-0" SEE SHEET A220 GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES TO HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS, WITH A MAXIMUM SMOKE GENERATION FACTOR OF 450 2. PAINT HM DOORS AND FRAMES TO MATCH MALL CORRIDOR FINISH 3. POLYCRETE FINISH TO BE SMOOTH UNDER EQUIPMENT 4. INTERIOR WALLS & CEILING OF COOLER TO BE PEBBLED STAINLESS STEEL BY MANUFACTURER. 1. 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS 2 OUTSIDE TILE CORNER, SCHLUTER-QUADEC ALUMINUM CORNER, REFER TO 10/A126 OR 11/A126 3. INSIDE TILE CORNER, REFER TO 9/A126 4. ALUMINUM MILL FINISH ENDCAP, REFER TO 8/A126 5. OFFICE DESK AND SHELVING BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER 6. TOP OF CONCRETE PAD FOR WATER HEATER TO BE "F2" WITH "B2" BASE OUTLINE OF COOLER, REFER TO 6/A125. COOLER WALL PANELS AS PROVIDED BY THE COOLER MANUFACTURER HAVE A 26 -GAUGE COATED AND EMBOSSED STEEL FINISH. GALVALUME TRIM STRIPS BETWEEN WALK-IN COOLER PANEL AND WALL 9. GALVALUME CLOSURE STRIP BETWEEN TOP OF WALK-IN COOLER AND LAY -IN CEILING 10. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THE 4 -COMP SINK IS AGAINST ANY WALL, PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL ON WALL TO 4" ABOVE TOP OF 4 -COMP SINK BACKSPLASH. FLASH BOTTOM EDGE OVER 4 COMP SINK BACKSPLASH EDGE. BEND STAINLESS STEEL AT INSIDE CORNER SO THERE IS NO JOINT. 11. EXHAUST HOOD ABOVE 12. SOFFIT ABOVE 13. EXTENT OF STAINLESS STEEL @ MOP SINK, REFER TO 1/A125 & 4/A220 DOOR NOTES 1. ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 2. LATCHES, HANDLES, PANIC BARS AND ALL DOOR HARDWARE WILL COMPLY WITH SECTION 7.2 OF NFPA 101 PER THE SPECIFICATIONS, 3. ALL FRAMES, DOORS AND HARDWARE ARE READILY AVAILABLE FROM CHIPOTLE'S HARDWARE SPECIFIER. CALL PETE KLIMEK WITH TWIN CITY HARDWARE AT 763-535-4660. 4. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR DOORS WITH CLOSERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS. THIS MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS FOR FIRE -RATED DOORS. 5. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. ORDERING 100 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED PLAN NORTH OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: H o 1- o 2 • F- CC D Q r= ' N • w - HH- Z 5- - � a• It — X Ln rn Lri rn c CV 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST TATE ' F WASHINGTON WING IS AN AND AS SUCH, REMAINS TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. IS DOCUMENT IS UNIFIED ONLY BY WRITTEN TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC . T 0 7 7013 CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Finish Plan A 120 DATE: 10/10/2013 . ••1 d .4 ii L . +1 4 • Iv ITEM #1 SERVE/POS EQUIPMENT NEW CONC. PAD ORDERING/DINING SIDE POLYCRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM W/ INTEGRAL BASE 3/4" RADIUS COVE POLYCRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR 1"W X 1/2"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB POLYCRETE @ SERVE LINE SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" vA t • b a.• RUN WALL FINISH TO TOP OF STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL SHEET TO 6" ABOVE HIGHEST FAUCET WALL SUBSTRATE, REFER TO A115 CONTINUOUS SEALANT AROUND TO OF SINK MOP SINK BASIN WATERPROOF MEMBRANE: BASE COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID, PRESS IN LATICRETE REINFORCING FABRIC AND TOP WITH A SECOND COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID v djr 4 . 4 STAINLESS STEEL @ MOP SINK SCALE: 3"=1'-0" SWEEP GASKET HEATER WIRE INTERIOR EXTERIOR BOTTOM THRESHOLD PLATE FLOOR PANEL, BEYOND INTERIOR RAMP W/ NON-SKID TREAD STRIPS COOLER RAMP DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" WALL SUBSTRATE, REFER TO A115 FRP EDGE TRIM MOLDING INSTALLED BY FRP CONTRACTOR POLY -CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE POLY -CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM 1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR POLYCRETE BASE @ FRP SCALE: 3" = 1-0" COOLER DOOR DIAMOND PLATE PANEL STAINLESS STEEL THRESHOLD POLY -CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM EXISTING FLOOR STRUCTURE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, BASE COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID, PRESS IN LATICRETE REINFORCING FABRIC AND TOP WITH A SECOND COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID 4" THICK COOLER PANEL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, BASE COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID, PRESS IN LATICRETE REINFORCING FABRIC AND TOP WITH A SECOND COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID INTERIOR 4" THICK METAL FINISH COOLER FLOOR NOTE: ALL CONCEALED WOOD TO BE FRT RATED EXISTING FLOOR STRUCTURE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EXTERIOR DIAMOND PLATE PANEL WHERE PANEL IS EXPOSED SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100 -AT ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION STRIP INSTALLED BY G.C. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT 1/4" HARDIEBOARD, TYP. BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR. POLY -CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE, TYP. BOTH SIDES POLY -CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM 1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE KEYWAY AS CLOSE TO WALL AS SAW GUARD WILL ALLOW POLYCRETE BASE @ COOLER FLOOR SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" X13 -3 1i CERAMIC WALL TILE WALL SUBSTRATE, REFER TO A115 SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100 -AT ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION STRIP TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. COORDINATE WITH SIZE OF TILE IN EVENT OF EXCESSIVE SPACE BETWEEN WALL AND FACE OF CERAMIC TILE, A 1/4" THICK STRIP OF HARDIEBOARD BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR MAY BE REQUIRED TO FILL SPACE. POLY -CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE POLY -CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM 1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR POLYCRETE BASE @ TILE SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER TERRAZZO MOP SINK PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' A100 -AT ALUMINUM EDGE PROTECTION STRIP INSTALLED BY G.C. 1/4" HARDIEBOARD, BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR. POLY -CRETE WR 3/4" RADIUS COVE, TYP. BOTH SIDES POLY -CRETE SEAMLESS FLOORING SYSTEM 1/4"W X 1/4"D KEYWAY BY FLOORING CONTRACTOR. POLYCRETE BASE @ MOP SINK SCALE: 3" =1-0" CONSULTANT: 1- 0 w 1- 2 U 17 N D u- 0 Z 0 fV W — I (A (-4 M W\ lu - oo— CC cn Z�`9 00 ,.n 5- Qorn Ln On 1-Qc O VM- O 0 0 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON rf,;R, .�:T 072013 IS DRAWING IS AN SERA CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS OF CH POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. R USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS UNITED NCED ONLY BY WRITTEN [PORE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM ti CV CV W 0 CJ) Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Finish Details A 125 DATE: 10/10/2013 CERAMIC TILE INSTALL GUIDELINES: 1. TILE INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE LAYOUT OF ALL WALL TILE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE WALLS AS TO NOT HAVE ANY CUT TILES IN EITHER DIRECTION (HORIZONTALLY OR VERTICALLY) ON ANY WALLS. LAYOUT SHALL BE APPROVED BY CHIPOTLE CM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS FOR DIRECTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THESE REQUIREMENTS RESULTING IN ANY REMEDIATION REQUIRED TO MEET DESIGN INTENT WILL BE AT CONTRACTOR'S COST. 2. IF REQUIRED TO CUT TILES, CONTRACTOR TO MEASURE OVERALL WALL WIDTH AND DETERMINE WHICH SOLUTION WILL ALLOW FOR THE GREATER THAN 50% TILE WIDTH AT WALL TERMINATIONS. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WALL TILES SHOULD BE CENTERED ON THE WIDTH OF THE WALL PER DETAIL 1A OR 1 B. 4. THERE SHOULD NEVER BE ANY CUT TILES VERTICALLY BETWEEN THE BASE AND THE CEILING. REFER TO A120 AND A140 VARIES (SEE PLAN) EQ (41/4" MIN) EQ (41/4" MIN) EDGE TILES TO BE GREATER THAN 50% OF THE TILE WIDTH 2 1/8"x8 1/2" CERAMIC WALL TILE, HORIZONTAL STACK BOND (TYP.) BASE AS SCHEDULED WALL WIDTH JOINT CENTERED LAYOUT SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" FULL TILE FULL TILE VARIES (SEE PLAN) EQ (41/4" MIN) EQ (41/4" MIN) WALL WIDTH TILE CENTERED LAYOUT SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" FULL TILE TILE TILE 1 EQ. DEVICE EQ. / f J y if. ,ice le/, TILE 1 JUNCTION BOXES FOR ALL OUTLETS, F.A. DEVICES, HAND DRYERS, ETC. TO BE CUT IN TILE AS INDICATED TILE DETAIL @ DEVICE LOCATIONS SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" CERAMIC TILE WALL SUBSTRATE, REFER TO A115 FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS SCHLUTER-QUADEC Q100EB STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD, 27/64" x 27/64" (ENTIRE HEIGHT OF CERAMIC TILE) SEALANT FRP EDGE TRIM MOULDING FRP PANEL 10 CERAMIC TILE WALL SUBSTRATE, RE: A115 FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS RAKE OUT GROUT AND PROVIDE CAULK TO MATCH GROUT COLOR TILE TO TILE INSIDE CORNER SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" TILE TO FRP OUTSIDE CORNER A126 SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" CERAMIC TILE WALL SUBSTRATE, REFER TO A115 FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS SCHLUTER-QUADEC Q100EB STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD, 27/64" x 27/64" (ENTIRE HEIGHT OF CERAMIC TILE) 66 B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING* 11 EL. = 112-0" +/- 66 B.O.OPENING @ HEADER 11 EL. = +/-107'-2" thh T.O. POLYCRETE Y EL. =100'-0 3/8" T.O. FIN. FLOOR 1-1 EL. =100'-0" C -H WIRE HANGERS HUNG AT 48" O.C. MIN., FASTEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM 40 +� 27 TILE COURSES 65 TILE COURSE 4 1/4" MIN. TILE, TYP. KITCHEN WALL TILE LAYOUT SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" \‘ 5/8" GYP. BOARD CEILING CHANNEL PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER AT TOP FOR CAULK JOINT AT CEILING CERAMIC TILE FINISH, FULL TILE SEE PLAN FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION TILE DETAIL @ GYP. BD. CEILING SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" TILE TO TILE OUTSIDE CORNER SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" FRP FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS 3/4" PLYWOOD, PAINT ENDS WHITE 1/4" THICK ALUMINUM PLATE TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT ABOVE *NOTE: 12'-0" BOTTOM OF GYP. BD. CEILING IS TO BE TAKEN FROM THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE CONCRETE SLAB. 5/8" GYP. BOARD PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER FOR CAULK JOINT AT CEILING ALIGN TILE JOINT WITH EDGE OF OPENING ALIGN TILE JOINT WITH HEADER PROVIDE 1/8" SPACER FOR CAULK JOINT AT CEILING 1/4" THICK MILL FINISH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE ON ALL SIDES OF OPENING, SEE DETAIL 4/A126 2 1/8"x8 1/2" HORIZONTAL STACK CERAMIC TILE SCHLUTER 'JOLLY' STAINLESS STEEL EDGE PROTECTION STRIP, SEE DETAIL 13/A125 ± 4" POLYCRETE BASE 1/4" THICK STAINLESS STEEL PLATE TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 3/4" PLYWOOD FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS 1/8" GAP AND CAULK 1/4" THICK MILL FINISH STAINLESS STEEL HEADER PLATE FULL (VERTICAL) WIDTH CERAMIC TILE TO ALIGN WITH CAULK GAP COUNTERSUNK SCREWS 2 1/8"x8 1/2" HORIZONTAL STACK CERAMIC TILE 1/4" THICK MILL FINISH ALUMINUM JAMB PLATE. RUN FROM TOP OF POLYCRETE BASE (JOLLY) TO UNDERSIDE OF HEADER PLATE, SEE DTL. 8/A126 TILE DETAIL @ STAINLESS STEEL PLATE HEADER SCALE: N.T.S. GYP. BD., PAINT WHITE k'4I; r�rr rr'w tija nrrssrrA02 G: eAtv<: VERIFY IN THE FIELD ALUMINUM END CAP SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 5/8" CEMENT BD. CERAMIC TILE 1/8" REVEAL WITH BACKER ROD AND CAULKING, EACH SIDE COUNTERSUNK SCREWS TOP EDGE OF HALF WALL LINE OF HALF WALL FRAMING BELOW 1/8" REVEAL WITH BACKER ROD AND CAULKING, EACH SIDE 1/8" REVEAL WITH BACKER ROD AND CAULKING, EACH SIDE COUNTERSUNK SCREWS 5/8" CEMENT BD. CERAMIC TILE EXISTING WALL 21-1" X 8 2' CERAMIC TILE z' X 2" X 18G STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL MALL TILE (EXISTING) REVEAL DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 3-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" GYP. BD. PAINT WHITE, TYP. V 66 B.O. GYP. BD. CLG. NV EL. =112'-0" +/- METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C., SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & TYPE LINEAR FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE 3/A141 FOR MOUNTING DETAILS k 2 1/8"x8 1/2" CERAMIC TILE, HORIZONTAL STACK BOND (TYP.) KITCHEN ACCENT LIGHTING DETAIL SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Q(3-3 19 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 1- w LU cC H >- rn M �n 0 co h M c w Z Q 0 X i( co Ln orn vi Ln C/N ON COCO 00 v- 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON S DRAWING IS AN �. AND AS SUCH. REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. OF THIS DOCUMENT IS UMITED BE ' DED ONLY BY WRITTEN AG NT WTH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC C^1 072013 CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1101 WYNKOOP• SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Tile Details A 126 DATE: 10/10/2013 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LIST MISC. EQUIPMENT LIST FURNITURE LIST Q KEY NOTES SEE SHEET A001 FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY. CUSTOM HOT TABLE/COLD TABLE W/ REFRIG. PAN TORTILLA TABLE SERVE LINE 12 PAN DELFIELD MODEL (CUSTOM), SEE DTL. 9/A200 (NON-STANDARD ITEM - SEE MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS) 1.1 SNEEZEGUARD SERVE LINE 12 PAN (LEFT) CUSTOM, FRAMELESS 2 TORTILLA WARMER CALIENTE INDUSTRIES MODEL NO. Al 3E NOT USED 4E NOT USED 5E NOT USED 6 UNDER -COUNTER CUP DISPENSER DISPENSERITE MODEL NO. CHIP -ECL -3B (PROVIDED BY DELFIELD) (NON-STANDARD ITEM - SEE CUT SHEETS) 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BEVERAGE COOLER BACK BAR 24" CONTINENTAL MODEL NO. BBC24-SS-GD CHIP SHELVES STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-CS-57WS-12-C MOUNT TOP OF SHELF AT 57" AFF CHIP SHELVES STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-CS-57WS-16-C MOUNT TOP OF SHELF AT 70" AFF NOT USED NOT USED CUTTING TABLE 63"X34" (LEFT) DELFIELD MODEL NO. 63" CARVING LT UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR (LEFT HINGED) DELFIELD MODEL NO. 406 -CA GAS GRILL 48" L. WOODSTONE MODEL NO. WS -PL -48 -36 -4 -CT GARLAND GREASE SPLASH GUARD STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-GCG-GSG GARLAND GAS RANGE TOP 2 BURNERS GARLAND MODEL NO. G12-2TCG EQUIPMENT STAND FOR GRILL & RANGE STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-65ES-37-SS GAS FRYER STANDARD EFF PITCO MODEL NO. 35CS RE -USE EXISTING GREASE PUMP FROM PREVIOUS TENANT 17 COOK LINE STAND OFF SHELF STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-6WS-6 MOUNT TOP OF SHELF AT 30" AFF INSTALL SCREWS AT EACH STUD LOCATION 18 GAS RICE COOKER RINNAI MODEL NO. RER-55AS 19 GAS RICE COOKER STAND STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-RCS-2ES-34 20 ELECTRIC WATER BATH RETHERM SINGLE TANK JULIEN MODEL NO. EPTB-1 21 RETHERM LINE STAND OFF SHELF 42X6 STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-5WS-6 MOUNT TOP OF SHELF AT 30" AFF INSTALL SCREWS AT EACH STUD LOCATION 22 PREP SINK 72"X34" (LEFT) STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-PS-88SU-34-L-DB-LDB PREP SINK FAUCET BIG FLOW T&S MODEL NO. B-0239 PREP SINK VEGETABLE WASH FAUCET T&S MODEL NO. B-0730 PREP SINK DRAIN ASSEMBLY T&S MODEL NO. B-3950 23 PREP SINK SHELVING SYSTEM 72" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPPS72 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 50" AFF 24 HAND SINK WALL MOUNTED (NO SPLASH) STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP -SHS -1 -VE KITCHEN HAND SINK FAUCET SPLASH MOUNT T&S MODEL NO. B-1146-04 25 RICE. PREP TABLE 60"X30" STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-RPT-5SL-30 26 HOT HOLDING CABINET DOUBLE DOOR (RICE) FWE MODEL NO. HLC-16-CHP 27 RICE PREP TABLE SHELVING SYSTEM 60" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPRPT60 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 50" AFF 28 ISLAND PREP TABLE 48"X30" STAINLESS MODEL 29 4 COMP SINK W/ 18"X22" BOWLS 120" STAINLESS MODEL NO. CHP-4CS-B1822-2D24 DISH SINK FAUCET T&S MODEL NO. B-0231 DISH SINK ADD -A -FAUCET W/ PRE -RINSE T&S MODEL NO. MPY-2DCN-06 SUBSTITUTE SPRAYER B-0108 DISH SINK DRAIN ASSEMBLY T&S MODEL NO. B-3950 DISH SINK CHEMICAL FAUCET T&S MODEL NO. B -2345 -01 -XX 30 4 COMP SINK S.S. SHELVING SYSTEM 120" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHP4CS120 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 56" AFF 31 DRYING RACK SYSTEM WITH VENTED COVERS 21"X48"X85" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPDR185 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 12" AFF 32 ICE MAKER FOR B.O.H. ICE BIN HOSHISAKI MODEL NO. KM-1340MRH ICE MAKER - REMOTE CONDENSER (NOT SHOWN) HOSHISAKI MODEL NO. URC -14F ICE MAKER - STORAGE BIN HOSHISAKI MODEL NO. B500PF ICE MAKER - FILTER (NOT SHOWN) CUNO MODEL NO. BEV 190 ICE MAKER - SCALE INHIBITOR (NOT SHOWN) CUNO MODEL NO. CFS440-HT TYPICAL ADULT NOSTRIL LEVEL SNEEZE ANGLE 1/2" CONTINUOUS TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS IN SILICONE SETTING BED IN 2" x 2" x 3/16" STEEL ANGLES. FASTEN ANGLES TO TOP MATCHING THE SPACING AT FRONT OF PANELS ITEM 1 SERVING COUNTER \ SNEEZE GUARD DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 33 WALK IN COOLER 7'X10'X9'4" REMOTE EXTERIOR COMPRESSOR ON ROOF, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS WITH REMOTE CAPSULE PACK 34 AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING WALK IN COOLER SHELVING SYSTEM 7'X10'X9'4" MODEL NO. CHP710 35 DRY STORAGE RACKS 21"X36"X85" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPDS185 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 12" AFF 36 37 38 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 DRY STORAGE RACKS 21"X96"X85" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPDS285 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 12" AFF DRY STORAGE RACKS 18"X30"X85" AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPDS185 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 12" AFF CUSTOM DROP IN HAND SINK NATIONWIDE FAB; MARLO MFG MOP SINK FAUCET T&S MODEL NO. B-0660-BSTR MOP SINK CHEMICAL FAUCET T&S MODEL NO. B -2345 -01 -XX CHEMICAL STORAGE SHELVING SYSTEM AMCO MOD -A -FLEX SHELVING MODEL NO. CHPCS85 MOUNT BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT 12" AFF STAINLESS STEEL RECESSED NAPKIN DISPENSER TOMLINSON INDUSTRIES MODEL #1012066 (NON-STANDARD ITEM - SEE CUT SHEETS) ICE TEA DRAIN QUAL-SERV. - QSM-2716 SPEED RAK (NOT SHOWN) CARLISLE - 38322BH BAIN MARIE VOLLRATH COMPANY - 78710 ICED TEA DISPENSER BUNN - TDO -N INSULATED BLACK 1/3 PAN COLDMASTER BY CARLISLE - CM1103-03 PURCHASE TWO (2) TOTAL: ONE (1) USED AT UTENSIL COUNTER/ ONE (1) ON RESERVE STAINLESS STEEL LID DISPENSER SAN JAMAR - L3502 FOOD PROCESSOR SAMMIC CA -301 MOBILE INGREDIENT BIN CONTINENTAL - 9326 27 3/4" H X 15 3/4" W X 30" L. SEE SHEET A001 FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY. 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 POINT OF SALE DISPLAY POINT-OF-SALE SYSTEM COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH TENANT AND ELEC. DRAWINGS CASH DROP BOX SAFE SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER LANCER ICD 2300 STANDARD PERFORMANCE DROP-IN DISPENSER 8 VALVE CONFIGURATION (3-1-1-3) USE WITH LEV VALVE 4.5 (NON-STANDARD ITEM - SEE CUT SHEETS) (DRAINS INTO FLOOR SINK) SODA SYSTEM SYRUP RACK WITH CARBONATOR ON STAINLESS STEEL SHELF WALL MOUNTED AT 89" AFF CANISTER CO2 TANKS, SEE DTL. 12/A220 WATER HEATER, SEE DTL. 13/A220 & PLUMBING DRAWINGS MOP SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS TANK TYPE SOAP DISPENSER BY ASI; MODEL NO. 0345 SURFACE MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BY BOBRICK; MODEL NO. B262 FIRST AID KIT ARTWORK (CAST SCULPTURE) LICENSE & PERMIT FRAME. VERIFY LOCATION W/ CHIPOTLE CM NOT USED FIRE EXTINGUISHER, REFER TO GENERAL NOTE #1 NOT USED 30" GRAB BAR, MANUFACTURER: FIELD TECHNOLOGIES, MODEL NO.: FT3801-30M4.5, MOUNTING HT: 21" AFF NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED BULLETIN BOARD MOP STRIP "SLIM JIM" TRASH CAN SEE SHEET A001 FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY. 9 FILE CABINET 0 OFFICE CHAIR, BY TENANT GENERAL NOTES 1. (1) TYPE ABC AND (1) TYPE K FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WILL BE MOUNTED IN LOCATIONS SPECIFIED BY THE FIRE MARSHAL. 2. REVIEW SHEETS A130 & A001 FOR QUANTITY, PLAN ORIENTATION OF ASSEMBLY AND RESPONSIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, & FURNITURE. 3. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW ON ALL CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES. 1. TYPE 1 HOOD ABOVE, SEE MECH. 2. TYPE II HOOD ABOVE, SEE MECH. 3. NOT USED 4. MENU ASSEMBLY ABOVE 5. SEE ISOMETRIC POS/SERVING COUNTER, DTL. 2/A130 6. ELECTRICAL PANEL LOCATION, SEE ELEC PLANS 7. BYPASS DISTRIBUTION PANEL, SEE ELEC PLANS 8. 6" OVERHEAD SYRUP LINE ITEMS IN BOLD INDICATE CUSTOM (NON-STANDARD) ITEMS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 302013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 100 i� *000ABv 0 0 0 STORAGE COOLER SERVICE COUNTER DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" bt3 3 l 9 PLAN NORTH RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT—CENTER FURNITURE FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN A130 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" CONSULTANT: w I- o = w U H 124 • D w co Q Q w \o wCo— d in Z�� Z j- Qo°- =o\rn 71- < co Co M N fV = v- foo 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST S . ' TE OF WASHINGTON :OCT 072013 DRAWING IS AN AND AS SUCH, REMAINS TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. FTHIS DOCUMENT 15 LIMITED D ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Fixture, Furniture & Equipment Plan A 130 DATE: 1 0/1 0/201 3 RCP SCHEDULE SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION REMARKS Al 2' x 2' FLOURESCENT SEE SHEET E100 A2 2' x 2' EM FLOURESCENT SEE SHEET E100 A3 2' FLOURESCENT SURFACE WRAP SEE SHEET E100 B1 RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT SEE SHEET E100 B2 RECESSED CFL DOWNLIGHT SEE SHEET E100 C1 2' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 C2 3' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 C3 4' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 El EMERGENCY LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 E2 EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 E3 KD BLACK/ALUMINUM EXIT LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 E4 WHITE EXIT LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 E5 BLACK EXIT LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 FI 2' T8 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 F2 4' T8 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 F3 3' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 F4 4' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 F5 3' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 F6 4' T5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 F7 4' T8 2 -LAMP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 G1 SINGLE PATIO BOLLARD LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 G2 DOUBLE PATIO BOLLARD LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 H1 0 HOOD SEE SHEET E100 P1 SINGLE SWIVEL ACCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 P2 DUAL SWIVEL ACCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 P3 WALL -MOUNTED ACCENT FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 X1 EXTERIOR RECESSED CAN SEE SHEET E100 X2 EXTERIOR WALLPACK SEE SHEET E100 X3 EXTERIOR DECORATIVE FIXTURE SEE SHEET E100 04 SECURITY CAMERA O SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEE SHEET M100 SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEE SHEET M100 RETURN GRILLE SEE SHEET M100 1 X 1 DIFFUSER SEE SHEET M100 1 X 1 EXHAUST FAN SEE SHEET M100 CONDUIT GUIDELINES NO FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT IS ALLOWED IN ANY AREAS WHERE IT WOULD BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, ONLY RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (THICK -WALL OR THIN-WALL AS NEEDED) IS ALLOWED IN THESE AREAS. LEASE LINE 22-10" MATCH ANGLE OF LEASE LINE ALIGN EDGE OF RICHLITE WITH SURFACE OF TILE LEASE LINE ALIGN EDGE OF SOFFIT RICHLITE WITH SURFACE OF VERTICAL RICHLITE VI f PLAN NORTH 3,' 4 MIN. 4 ' J /20 PERIMETER TRACK (HEMMED ANGLE MOLDING) PERIMETER CEILING GRID DETAIL A140 SCALE: FULL SCALE WIRE HANGERS HUNG AT 48" O.C. MIN., FASTEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM 5/8" GYP. BOARD CEILING CHANNEL SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION GYP. BD. CEILING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" SOFFIT PLAN WIRE HANGERS HUNG AT 48" O.C. MAX.AND WITHIN 8" OF WALL. FASTEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING y° GRID SYSTEM IIIIIOIIIIIIH11111IRI(lIIIRIIIIIIRIII111RIIIIIIRIIIIIIRl11111M1111ll111111l[ ACOUSTICAL TILE LAY -IN CEILING HEMMED ANGLE MOLDING, SEE DTL. 4/A140 WALL FINISH PER SCHEDULE SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION 2 5/8" PLYWOOD W CD 0 LLJ LAY -IN CLG. CEILING DETAIL A140 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING OR CENTERLINE OF EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. REFER TO "09900 PAINTING - GENERAL" IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISHES AT EXPOSED CEILING AREAS IN ADDITION TO NOTES LISTED ON THIS SHEET. 3. NOT USED. 4. NOT USED. 5. SEE SHEET A001 FOR THE COMPLETE LISTING OF RESPONSIBILITIES. 6. NOT USED. 7. LIGHT DETAILS ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A141. FIXTURE AND LAMP SPECIFICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON E100. 8. NOT USED. 9. NOT USED. 10. NOT USED. 11. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SHATTER RESISTANT LAMP LOCATIONS 12. ALL EMERGENCY FIXTURES, LIGHTS AND STROBES SHALL BE ALIGNED OR CENTERED ON WALLS 13. ALL LED LAMPS @ 6-0" AFF & BELOW TO HAVE 50° SPREAD, ALL LED LAMPS ABOVE 6-0" AFF TO HAVE A 30° SPREAD.. 14. FULL CERAMIC TILE COURSING SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT OVER ANY CEILING/HEADER DIMENSION INDICATED IN THE PLAN; REFER TO A120. 15. ALL CONDUIT AND PIPE PENETRATIONS OF THE SERVING LINE SOFFIT ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO THE DECK, WITHIN THE JOIST SOFFIT SPACE. PLEASE CONSULT WITH THE CHIPOTLE CM SHOULD ANY CONFLICTS ARISE. 16. ALL LAY -IN CEILING PENETRATIONS TO BE HELD TIGHT TO WALLS. REFER TO 12/A141 AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 17. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR HOOD SUSPENSION DETAILS 2'-8" ®KEY NOTES 1 2X4 LAY -IN TILE CEILING, REFER TO 2/A140 2. PROVIDE GALVALUME CLOSURE PANEL ABOVE COOLER 3 FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTING BY COOLER MANUFACTURER, E.C. TO PROVIDE ROUGH IN AND INSTALLATION 4. NOT USED 5. GYP BD CEILING, REFER TO 3/A140 6 HVAC DIFFUSER MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF GYP. BD. CEILING, SEE MECH., TYP. 7. 31" SUSPENDED MENU BOARD & FRAME, SEE 1/A141 FOR SCREW PATTERN PLAN AND 2/A141 FOR SECTION DETAIL 8 LIGHTS BY EXHAUST HOOD MANUFACTURER (TYP. OF 5) 9. LIGHTS BY EXHAUST HOOD MANUFACTURER (TYP. OF 2) 10. 24"x24" ACCESS PANEL - INTEXFORMS AP24X24 11. TASK LIGHTING, SEE 10/A141 12. SUSPENDED SPLIT AIR HANDLER ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING, SEE MECH DRAWINGS 13. BOTTOM OF HEADER AT 9'-0" 14. TRANSFORMER, MOUNTED ON UNISTRUT PLATFORM, SEE ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 2'-B 2'-B" B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT A EL.=10'-0" B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING EL.=12'-0" ± 1 Gyp: BD. CEILING oHl H1 0H1 0H1 0H1 LAY -IN C EL B.O. LAY -IN CEILING EL. = 9'-0" Al 1 L -gin B.O. LAv-IN CEILING EL. = 9'-3" L Al Al El B.O. LAY -IN CEILING AL EL. = 9'-0" B.O. LAY -IN CEILING EL.=12'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PLAN NORTH PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = CONSULTANT: F- F- u_ - Hu- d Z cc 2 0 CV w w w 5- M 68137-2805 Q UJ 00 - Z�\O co O. vi Lfl <cooco z N lV Doo 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 111 111•11 S:' EPw RT FORYOF U' BE EXTE WTH HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF YVASIHNGTON 072013 IS DRAWING IS AN VICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRJLL INC. E OF THIS DOCUMENT 5 LIMITED DED ONLY BY WRITTEN ] IIPOTLE MEXICAN GRJLL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM O tV N It 0 l - C!) Southcenter Ma 2600 Southcenter Mal Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 CONTENTS: Reflected Ceiling Plan A 140 DATE: 10/10/2013 FASTEN PLATE TO WOOD FRAME 3" X 6" X 16G STEEL PLATE, PAINT BLACK LEAVE OPENING FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING FOR MENU LIGHTING 1 2' X 1 Z X 16G STEEL TUBE, WELDED TO PLATES, PAINT BLACK TOP OF BLOCKING, PAINT BLACK 16" RICHLITE MENU BOARD LIGHT DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" FIRE -TREATED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING 3" X 6" X 16G STEEL PLATE, PAINT BLACK 1 2' X 1 2' X 16G STEEL TUBE, PAINT BLACK 3" X 6" X 16G STEEL PLATE, PAINT BLACK FIRE TREATED BLOCKING, PAINT EXPOSED AREAS BLACK 16' RICHLITE PANELS FIRE TREATED BLOCKING HARDWIRE BOX BEYOND C2 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, REFER TO E100 #9 ROUND HEAD WOOD SCREW (VERIFY). SCREW HEAD MUST BE LESS THAN 3/8" DIAMETER. 1" MIN EMBEDMENT INTO BLOCKING. REFER TO 1/141 FOR DETAIL. MENU BOARD PANELS AND ALUMINUM EXTRUSION BY TENANT'S MENU BOARD SUPPLIER MENU BOARD BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" EDGE OF EXHAUST HOOD #8 X 1" PAN HEAD METAL SCREWS, SCREW HEAD MUST BE LESS THAN 3/8" DIAMETER. TYP. MENU BOARD PANELS AND ALUMINUM EXTRUSION BY TENANT'S MENU BOARD SUPPLIER LENGTH OF MENU BOARD LIGHTS TO BE CENTERED ON THE LENGTH OF THE MENU BOARD. EDGE OF WALL PROVIDE F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING HARDWIRE BOX BEYOND FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, REFER TO E100 2-1/2" X 3" BENT ALUM., PAINT "MOONLIT SNOW" BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER 10" 111 ,2/ 3 TYPE "Cl" FIXTURE, SLIMLITE XL 16 GA. STAINLESS STEEL SHELVING BY VENDOR LIGHT BRACKET BY VENDOR DTL @ SHELF MOUNT TASK LIGHT SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ACCENT LIGHT DETAIL 2-1/2" LONG SCREW GYP. BD. CEILING A141 SCALE: 3" = 1-0" 1' 2" EDGE OF WALL, TYP. CEILING PENETRATION, HOLD AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO WALL, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS INSTALL LAY -IN CEILING TILE GRID AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO CEILING PENETRATION LAY -IN CEILING TILE, TYP. LAY -IN CEILING GRID TEE, TYP. GENERAL NOTES 1. LAMP, FIXTURE, CORD, DOWNROD AND MOUNTING PLATE SUPPLIED BY TLS AND INSTALLED BY TENANT G.C. ANY COMPONENTS THAT ARE REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION BUT ARE NOT INCLUDED WITH THE LAMP SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE G.C. COORDINATE WITH THE TLS FOR THE DOWNROD LENGTH FOR EACH FIXTURE. 2. UNISTRUT, ELECTRICAL FITTINGS, JUNCTION BOXES, BEAM CLAMPS AND ALL FASTENERS AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE TENANT G.C. - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS THIS SHEET. ,0 LAY -IN CLG PENETRATION SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SEE PLATE DETAIL 5/A141 _B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT EL.=10'-0" X x SOFFIT FRAMING, SEE 11/A300 FOR DETAIL MENU LIGHT, SEE 4/A141 FOR MOUNTING DETAIL 31" MENU BOARD, SEE 4/A141 FOR MOUNTING DETAIL NOTE: CEILING ASSEMBLY MAY VARY PER PROJECT. MENU BOARD SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" b(33t9 V-11" 1 5 1 11 11 1'-12• 5" 1'12 3'4 3'-82" 2'-7" 1" 2'-7" 2'-7" 'IL RECEIVED .11 MENU CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER SCREW PATTERN PLAN \A141 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" CONSULTANT: 71 - CD fV W I_ un w w c H Jn >-- d' 68137-2805 Q wCo— ZN\0 CO vl Qorn 00 OD = rn rn C�1 fV O d:)- 4163 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARIAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON `..I 072013 DRAWING IS AN AND AS SUCH, REMAINS TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS UMITED D ONLY BY WRfTTEN TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC O CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-9000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VWCW.CHIPOTLE.COM O CV CV LLJ 0 C%) Southcenter Mall CO CO r 00 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Lighting Details A 141 DATE: 10/10/2013 x x x x- ................: x X xi x SOFFIT FRAMING, SEE 11/A300 FOR DETAIL MENU LIGHT, SEE 4/A141 FOR MOUNTING DETAIL 31" MENU BOARD, SEE 4/A141 FOR MOUNTING DETAIL NOTE: CEILING ASSEMBLY MAY VARY PER PROJECT. MENU BOARD SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" b(33t9 V-11" 1 5 1 11 11 1'-12• 5" 1'12 3'4 3'-82" 2'-7" 1" 2'-7" 2'-7" 'IL RECEIVED .11 MENU CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER SCREW PATTERN PLAN \A141 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" CONSULTANT: 71 - CD fV W I_ un w w c H Jn >-- d' 68137-2805 Q wCo— ZN\0 CO vl Qorn 00 OD = rn rn C�1 fV O d:)- 4163 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARIAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON `..I 072013 DRAWING IS AN AND AS SUCH, REMAINS TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS UMITED D ONLY BY WRfTTEN TLE MEXICAN GRILL INC O CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-9000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VWCW.CHIPOTLE.COM O CV CV LLJ 0 C%) Southcenter Mall CO CO r 00 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Lighting Details A 141 DATE: 10/10/2013 MATCH EXISTING DECK COATING MATERIAL URETHANE SEALTANT 4 2' CONCRETE DECK WITH WWF 6x6-W4XW4 FOR BRIDGE REBARS 3" METAL DECK 1. INSTALL DECK COATING PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. COORDINATE DECK COATING MATERIAL WITH LANDLORD, MATCH WHAT IS USED IN SURROUNDING AREAS BOOT DETAIL SCALE: 112" =1'-0" TREATED WOOD NAILER ANGULAR RING SHANK NAIL 12" O.C. 24 GA. COUNTER FLASHING GROMMETED FASTENER 12" O.C. VERTIBOND ADHESIVE ADHESIVE FASTENER AND PLATE 12" O.C. HOT AIR WELD MATCH EXISTING DECK COATING MATERIAL o 1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 3. USE PREFABRICATED OUTSIDE CORNERS. 2 (150 CURB FLASHING SCALE: 1/2" =1'-0" AMC ROOF PARKING STALL OTHER TENANT'S CU OTHER TENANTS EF OTHER TENANTS EF FC2-3 MECH. OTHER TENANT'S FA ON ROOF 11111111 OTHER TENANT'S MAU ON ROOF (MAU-1) / ON ROOF / — 4- ON ROOF — GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND SIZE OF STRUCTURAL ROOF REINFORCEMENTS. 2. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT. 3. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING, AND REPAIR W/CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 4. SEE M300 FOR PENETRATION DETAILS AT RTUS AND THE EXHAUST FAN 5. PROVIDE INSULATED CURBS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT IN EXPOSED DECK AREA ONLY. 6. PATCH ALL OPENINGS IN ROOF FROM ABANDONED & REMOVED EXISTING ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT. 7. REUSE EXISTING CURBS IN AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE C KEY NOTES 1. 10'-0" RADIUS CLEARANCE FOR FRESH AIR INTAKES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF CONFLICT OCCURS 2. HOOD BELOW ROOF 3. LINE OF DEMISING WALL BELOW 4. ICE MACHINE REMOTE CONDENSER 5. EXISTING SHARED CHAIN LINK ENCLOSURE 6. ROOF ACCESS VIA STAIRS BEYOND, SEE SITE PLAN A100 7.. VTR 8. EXISTING PARKING DECK ROOF 9. ROOF DRAIN 10. ROOF HYDRANT, SEE P100 11. CAP EXISTING EXHAUST FAN OPENING REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION II 1 / — 1 1 1 11 1 E FC1 MECH. Hb319 PLAN NORTH RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 ROOF PLAN PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" CONSULTANT: 0 w H w w 68137-2805 X wOJ- Z N '0 o oN. rnLn Lnrn = Qooco Doo 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON THIS DRAWING IS AN F SER AND AS SUCH, REMAINS OF S POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. R USE of THIS DOCUMENT IS UM)TED N I ED ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC 02 2013 CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Roof Plan A 150 DATE: 1 0/1 0/201 3 25'-52" VERIFY IN FIELD 12'-102" VERIFY IN FIELD .r l P -NON-STANDARD DELFIELD TABLE, MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO ENSURE NO EQUIPMENT IS BEHIND THE HALF WALL NON-STANDARD FRAMELESS SNEEZE GUARD. WILL RUN CONTINUOUSLY FROM TABLE OVER HALF WALL, HOLD 2" FROM -WALE BEHIND r - —7L' 1-- -I CHIPOTLE SIGNAGE, UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT B.O. MALL SOFFIT 06, EL. = 12'-0" B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT EL.=10'-0" SUSPENDED 31" MENU ASSEMBLY TYPE 2 HOOD, SEE MECH STAINLESS STEEL PLATE CERAMIC TILE PER FINISH PLAN HALFWALL DETAILS TO MATCH DELFIELD TABLE CUSTOM TABLE BY DELFIELD 4" POLYCRETE BASE FINISH FLOOR AL 7— ALUMINUM BASE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = 1'-0" MALL SOFFIT B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING AIL EL. = 12'-0" B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT EL.=10'-0" CHIPOTLE SIGNAGE, UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT CERAMIC TILE, REFER TO FINISH PLAN z" STAINLESS STEEL REVEAL EXISTING MALL TILE CUSTOM POS TABLE BY DELFIELD 4" POLYCRETE BASE FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = 1'-0" 25'-82" VERIFY IN FIELD ENLARGED PLAN OF DELFIELD TABLE 7 A200 r n /OPEN TO MALL -1 de .111111111 1 2 TENANT CHIPOTLE NOTE: CHIPOTLE SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT; SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE SUBMITTED TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING EL. = 12'-0" B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT Alb EL.=10'-0" GYP. BD., PAINT WHITE BLACK RICHLITE SOFFIT CUSTOM TABLE BY DELFIELD 4" POLYCRETE BASE FINISH FLOOR dit EL. = 0'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" CHIPOTLE SIGN WITH BACKER PANEL CE OT LE MEXICAN GRILL NO OM OM .nrue:.n.^xs NC5 N, (9 LL, LU 03 J W w 0 F- 1.1.1 U UNDERCOUNTER E-- MALL SOFFIT SNEEZE GUARD RETURN DIMENSION TO MATCH EDGE OF ADJACENT COUNTER WRAP STAINLESS STEEL OVER 1 2" PLYWOOD, MATCH DELFIELD TABLE DIMENSIONS LED LIGHT, FEELUX, Z DIVA 2 HO CERAMIC TILE ON o CEMENT BOARD 2x4 MTL STUDS @ 6- 16"OC 16" "BLACK DIAMOND" RICHLITE PANEL, FLUSH WITH ADJACENT PANEL 4" ALUMINUM BASE 4" POLYCRETE BASE TO INSIDE FACE CHIPOTLE SECTION • HALF WALL SCALE: 3/4" = 1-0" TENANT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CUSTOM FRAMELESS SNEEZE GUARD CUSTOM DELFIELD TABLE STEEL ANGLE ADHERED TO STAINLESS STEEL TOP WRAP STAINLESS STEEL OVER 1 2' PLYWOOD, MATCH DELFIELD TABLE DIMENSIONS UNDERCOUNTER LED LIGHT, FEELUX, DIVA 2 HO . 1 "BLACK DIAMOND" RICHLITE PANEL 4" ALUMINUM BASE OVER CONCRETE CURB SECTION @ POS COUNTER SCALE: 3/4" = 1-0" SUSPENDED 31" MENU BOARD GYP. BD., PAINT GRAY GYP. BD., PAINT "WHITE" B.O. MALL SOFFIT EL. = 12'-0" -BLACK RICHLITE B.O. SOFFIT 46, EL.=10'-0" 2' GLASS SNEEZE GUARD STAINLESS STEEL PLATE BLACK RICHLITE STAINLESS STEEL BLACK RICHLITE PANELS ALUMINUM BASE UNDERCOUNTER LIGHTING MALL ELEVATION - WEST SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" INSIDE CABINET 1/2" STAINLESS STEEL REVEAL STAINLESS STEEL PANEL BY G.C. B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING AL EL.=12'-0" 111. B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT EL.=10'-0" TYPE 2 HOOD, SEE MECH GLYPH ARTWORK CERAMIC TILE, SEE FINISH PLAN INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT SUSPENDED 31" MENU BOARD GYP BD. PAINT GRAY GYP BD. PAINT "WHITE' B.O. MALL SOFFIT 46, EL.=12'-0" `-BLACK RICHLITE GLYPH ARTWORK GYP. BD. PAINT 'WHITE" ..—MALL CONCOURSE, PAINT PER LL —BLACK RICHLITE bl33N STAINLESS STEEL BLACK RICHLITE PANELS FINISH FLOOR Abu EL. = 0'-0" Y ALUMINUM BASE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 MALL ELEVATION - SOUTH SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 68137-2805 Q w CO — Z N Ll Q O O� � L < co c OO $7:1-) 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST 'N 2013 STATEOF CO• ► THP• DRAWING IS AN IN • E •F SER �. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS PROPS' OF SIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. ISSION OR U: OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED D CAN : DED ONLY BY WRfi TEN As • EM CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 VVYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVVVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Elevation: Exterior A 200 DATE: 10/10/2013 CONSULTANT: 2" WIDE x 16 GA. METAL STRAPS. LOCATE AT TWO POINTS OF TANK AND SECURE TO STRUCTURE. / L 2x2x16 GA. TOP AND BOTTOM W 2 #10 SCREWS TO BLOCKING AND STUD, TYP. CHAIN RESTRAINT L 2x2x16 GA. TOP AND BOTTOM W 2 #10 SCREWS TO BLOCKING AND STUD, TYP. FIRST AID KIT, CONFIRM LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE CM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 4x4 BLOCKING @ STRAPS, TYP. 4x4 BLOCKING @ STRAPS, TYP. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (2) 1/4" DIA. x 3" LAG SCREW EACH SIDE, 3" GAUGE, TYP. 5/8" PLYWOOD (2) 1/4" DIA. x 3" LAG SCREW EACH SIDE, 3" GAUGE, TYP. �— FRAMED WALL TO STRUCTURE 3/4" RADIUS COVE BASE T. 0. CURB / EL. = 100'-4" FINISH FLOOR EL. =100'-0" 5/8" PLYWOOD FRAMED WALL TO STRUCTURE TANK SOAP DISPENSER HANDSINK, INSTALL TWO (2) SCREWS WITH FINISH GROMMETS INTO BACKSPLASH. SCREWS TO BE 1/4" x 3 1/2" STAINLESS STEEL LAG BOLT WITH OVAL HEAD AND STAINLESS STEEL TRIM WASHER. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT EACH SCREW LOCATION NOTE: REFER TO SHEET A002 FOR ALL REQUIRED ACCESSIBILE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES U w F- U 1. L c Z 0 CV w H- N w w cc H- M r Q w u-1 Lrirn co rn fV 0 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON DETAIL @ WATER HEATER SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" DETAIL @ CO2 TANKS SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" TYP ELEV- HAND SINK SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" .:•••••'-‘.1' 072013 ENT DRAWING IS AN �. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS POTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC F THIS DOCUMENT IS UNITED ED ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" FRP, TYP. CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VVWW.CHIPOTLE.COM DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1'-4" AFF., TYP. POLYCRETE BASE, TYP. FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" EXTENT OF STAINLESS STEEL, SEE DTL. 1 /A125 B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" FRP, TYP. r-ir-ir t 1 II II I FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1'-4" AFF., TYP. POLYCRETE BASE, TYP. FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" TRANSFORMER ON UNISTRUT PLATFORM ABOVE DOOR, SEE STRUCT. B.O. LAY -IN CLG. STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall EL. = 0'-0" 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set ON LANS REVISIONS: INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DRAWN BY: ED -TRANSFORMER B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 12'-0" — UNISTRUT PLATFORM, SEE STRUCTURAL B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 EXTENT OF STAINLESS STEEL SURROUND REFER TO 1/A125 HEADER @ 9'-0" AFF OPEN TO BEYOND FOR BASE DETAIL REFER TO 1/A125 OPEN TO BEYOND B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0"" FRP, TYP. DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1'-4" AFF., TYP. POLYCRETE BASE TYP. FINISH FLOOR / EL. = 12'-0" T CLOSURE 32 � o PANEL B.O. LAY -IN CLG. k 0 ® "" EL. = 9'-0" Ill HEADER @ 9'-0" AFF GALVALUME — `\ OO` f ' f'f / ,' .... ..... ..... ..._ ........ CLOSURE PANEL BYPASS DISTRIBUTI _ 1 r I PANEL, SEE ELEC. F — ELECTRICAL PANEL SEE ELEC, PLANS I ^' I -�• .. .. ..... .. ofyo°•yo s o' oo y off °rya eo 0000@ j� saEo°oms�sffi�nfs� :o. 009000°C° °fla 0°90000 O I ! ® 19o,Eco�oa`��,P4s° o 00 0000 r00 °y8o0°4 �A�O OQ°O�,.., Qo,Eo Y4°' 00000 96� 0 000400 �.'a.0 aoa � s�°4��6 oo °I °° °a �^ ° ` 0° ° ,,,.0 aOS,°d ',�4 OOf°0`0°0° ofJ000a vi.. ,000 n,9 °f°o°3'Os°`�� eo°ffe o'°° ° oyo/a°yaeF,��.f.A�%6. res 4a,��° y 49 I I 1 I ' °o as ow�vo6�ry oa o�aaaa� At. •'..4 .0003 f f .40:0. f10000.^+f ? °0°®Afo ofo°o°% a"a5€ " O o e09Fgyfyo,rp ,v .moor ' DIAMOND PLATE PANELS ON COOLEF ' WALL UP TO 48' A.F FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0'-0" 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set ON LANS REVISIONS: INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DRAWN BY: ED -TRANSFORMER B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 12'-0" — UNISTRUT PLATFORM, SEE STRUCTURAL B.O. LAY -IN CLG. EL. = 9'-0" PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 EXTENT OF STAINLESS STEEL SURROUND REFER TO 1/A125 HEADER @ 9'-0" AFF OPEN TO BEYOND FOR BASE DETAIL REFER TO 1/A125 OPEN TO BEYOND B.O. LAY -IN CLG. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION —TYPE II HOOD, SEE MECH. Elevations: Kitchen 23) .22.2 22.1 22 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FINISH FLOOR� IVSD ECT"Of� TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER A 220 DATE: 10/10/2013 EL. = 9'-0"" FRP, TYP. DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1'-4" AFF., TYP. POLYCRETE BASE TYP. FINISH FLOOR 32 � o — 0 ® "" ill= INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION —TYPE II HOOD, SEE MECH. Elevations: Kitchen 23) .22.2 22.1 22 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" FINISH FLOOR� IVSD ECT"Of� TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER A 220 DATE: 10/10/2013 r• C-" PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT BLOCKING IN WALL FOR ALL SHELVING, SEE DETAIL 2/A115. C.O. J -BOX EL. = 66" AFF CHIP SHELVES, SEE A130 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS C.O. J -BOX EL. = 53" AFF UNDER SHELF TASK LIGHTING RECEPTACLE _ABEL "LIGHT ONLY") C.O. J -BOX EL. = 42" AFF J -BOX FOR (2) DATA OUTLET FOR DVR & MUZAK BATTERY -PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR DVR EQUIPMENT (LABEL "DVR ONLY") 66 CENTER OF J -BOX EL.=7'-10" A.F.F. 3/4" WHITE MEL. SHELVES WITH 16" STANDARDS AND 36" BRACKETS, SECURE THROUGH STUD WITH 2 1/2" WOOD SCREWS PROVIDE BLOCKING BEHIND ALL SHELVING, SEE SHEET A115, GENERAL NOTE 13 (1) UNDERCOUNTER WIRE SHELVES FOR DSL EQUIPMENT BY TENANT 66 Y CENTER OF J -BOX A.F.F. BATTERY -PROTECTED QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR DSL/NETWORKING EQUIPMENT (LABEL "NETWORK GEAR ONLY") J -BOX FOR (4) TELEPHONE OUTLETS J -BOX FOR (6) DATA OUTLETS BATTERY -PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR COMPUTER EQUIPMENT (LABEL "COMPUTER ONLY") 66 Y CENTER OF J -BOX EL.=1'-6" A.F.F. 15" MONITOR AND SERVER INSTALLED BY TENANT GENERAL PURPOSE 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE POLYCRETE BASE EQ. EQ.df BACKBAR COOLER C.O. J -BOX 46, EL. = 18" AFF BACK BAR COOLER ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" B.O. CEILING TILE Au EL.=9'-0" A.F.F. J BOX FOR STEREO SPEAKER WIRES 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR STEREO (LABEL "STEREO") STEREO: HI/FI RECEIVER BY TENANT LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR VIDEO CABLE W/ PULL STRING IN WALL TO BOX RING BELOW DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY MONITOR (LABEL "MONITOR") LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR VIDEO CABLE W/ PULL STRING IN WALL TO BOX RING ABOVE COLOR LCD SECURITY MONITOR BY TENANT WNMP LCD -1 MOUNTING ARM J -BOX FOR (1) FAX OUTLET SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR FAX (LABEL "FAX") CENTER OF J -BOX 06, A.F.F. 1 1/2" PLAM COUNTERTOP WITH WHITE METAL BRACKETS PRINTER/FAX/COPIER PROVIDED BY TENANT GENERAL PURPOSE 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE 2 DRAWER LOCKABLE FILE CABINET BY TENANT SAFE TYP. ELEV - OFFICE SHELVING SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 66 CENTER OF J -BOX A.F.F. cilk CENTER OF J -BOX EL.=7'-10" A.F.F. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION JL 0 0- /F • • 0 1'-0" 11-4" V-6" r i 12'-4 "VERIFY IN FIELD PROVIDE 24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD ABOVE OFFICE CEILING FOR TELEPHONE 66 BLOCK PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG J -BOX WITH (2) 3/4" CONDUITS IN WALL TO ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING. PROVIDE 24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD ON SIDE WALL. PAINT BACK BOARD WHITE. PHONE COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE T1 ROUTER ON BACK BOARD. PROVIDE BATTERY -PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR T1 ROUTER (LABEL "T1 ROUTER") PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. LABEL "SECURITY SYSTEM" PROVIDE 24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD. PAINT BACK BOARD WHITE. ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE SECURITY SYSTEM PANEL, CELL BACK UP, AND WIRELESS RECEIVER AND CONNECT TO RJ31X JACK. TYP. ELEV - OFFICE DOOR SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 13-31 `I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER - PANIC BUTTON, CONFIRM LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BATTERY -PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR POS EQUIPMENT (LABEL "POS ONLY") PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR CASH DRAWER (1) DATA AND (1) CREDIT CARD (1) COIN CHANGER, (1) RECEIPT PRINTER AND GENERAL RECEPTACLE (1) VOICE GENERAL RECEPTACLE (LABEL "GENERAL") TYP. ELEV - POS CONCRETE PAD W/ POLYCRETE BASE A225 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" CONSULTANT: 68137-2805 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON :V.:T 072013 DRAWING IS AN CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS UMFFED ED ONLY BY WRJTTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WVVVV.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mal 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Elevations: Large Scale A 225 DATE: 10110/2013 \gyp o 00 ®o N 5" 6" 5" 4" 4" N 0o .m rn;0 o r... t £ ' N 1'-5" 4" 10" I J ==;---------- o - I I n am} UU —` £ l � lJ P-1" 0 ---------- o o 0 o N ({ Cid EN C:£t;) ., i L EQ. EQ.df BACKBAR COOLER C.O. J -BOX 46, EL. = 18" AFF BACK BAR COOLER ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" B.O. CEILING TILE Au EL.=9'-0" A.F.F. J BOX FOR STEREO SPEAKER WIRES 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR STEREO (LABEL "STEREO") STEREO: HI/FI RECEIVER BY TENANT LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR VIDEO CABLE W/ PULL STRING IN WALL TO BOX RING BELOW DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY MONITOR (LABEL "MONITOR") LOW VOLTAGE BOX RING FOR VIDEO CABLE W/ PULL STRING IN WALL TO BOX RING ABOVE COLOR LCD SECURITY MONITOR BY TENANT WNMP LCD -1 MOUNTING ARM J -BOX FOR (1) FAX OUTLET SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR FAX (LABEL "FAX") CENTER OF J -BOX 06, A.F.F. 1 1/2" PLAM COUNTERTOP WITH WHITE METAL BRACKETS PRINTER/FAX/COPIER PROVIDED BY TENANT GENERAL PURPOSE 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE 2 DRAWER LOCKABLE FILE CABINET BY TENANT SAFE TYP. ELEV - OFFICE SHELVING SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 66 CENTER OF J -BOX A.F.F. cilk CENTER OF J -BOX EL.=7'-10" A.F.F. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION JL 0 0- /F • • 0 1'-0" 11-4" V-6" r i 12'-4 "VERIFY IN FIELD PROVIDE 24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD ABOVE OFFICE CEILING FOR TELEPHONE 66 BLOCK PROVIDE DOUBLE GANG J -BOX WITH (2) 3/4" CONDUITS IN WALL TO ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING. PROVIDE 24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD ON SIDE WALL. PAINT BACK BOARD WHITE. PHONE COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE T1 ROUTER ON BACK BOARD. PROVIDE BATTERY -PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR T1 ROUTER (LABEL "T1 ROUTER") PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. LABEL "SECURITY SYSTEM" PROVIDE 24" X 18" PLYWOOD BACK BOARD. PAINT BACK BOARD WHITE. ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE SECURITY SYSTEM PANEL, CELL BACK UP, AND WIRELESS RECEIVER AND CONNECT TO RJ31X JACK. TYP. ELEV - OFFICE DOOR SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 13-31 `I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER - PANIC BUTTON, CONFIRM LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BATTERY -PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR POS EQUIPMENT (LABEL "POS ONLY") PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR CASH DRAWER (1) DATA AND (1) CREDIT CARD (1) COIN CHANGER, (1) RECEIPT PRINTER AND GENERAL RECEPTACLE (1) VOICE GENERAL RECEPTACLE (LABEL "GENERAL") TYP. ELEV - POS CONCRETE PAD W/ POLYCRETE BASE A225 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" CONSULTANT: 68137-2805 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON :V.:T 072013 DRAWING IS AN CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. F THIS DOCUMENT IS UMFFED ED ONLY BY WRJTTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL. INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WVVVV.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mal 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Elevations: Large Scale A 225 DATE: 10110/2013 // (4) #10 SCREWS @ 12" O.C. Ek 362S162-33 EACH SIDE 362T200-33 TOP AND BOTTOM BOX BEAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE COMPRESSION STRUTS: 250S125-33 ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH 1/4" MACHINE BOLT. 12'-0" O.C. MAX. (DETAIL B) 12ga VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 8" OF WALL. MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1-1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE TYP. -� BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSS WIRE ATTACHMENT TO TRUSS SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" /(E) METAL DECK WITH CONCRETE FILL AND TOPPING 4 4 • X (E) JOIST -54 MIL DEFLECTION TRACK W/ ALLOWANCE FOR 4' OF DEFLECTION ATTACH TO DECK W/ (2) #10 SCREWS @ 16" O.C. METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. TYPICAL TOP OF FULL HEIGHT WALL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 12ga BRACING WIRE IN 4 DIRECTIONS @ 12'-0" O.C. MAX. WIRES SHALL BE @ 45° ANGLE W/MIN. 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1-1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE TYP. (DETAIL A) 2" MAX. FROM BRACING WIRE TO CROSS RUNNERS COMPRESSION STRUTS: 250S125-33 ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH 1/4" MACHINE BOLT. 12'-0" O.C. MAX. (DETAIL B) 12ga VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 8" OF WALL. MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1-1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE TYP. SEISMIC CEILING DETAIL @ LAY -IN CEILING PANEL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 2" CLOSURE ANGLE AT PERIMETER - SEE DETAIL 2/A140 CROSS RUNNER FASTEN KICKER TO TRACK W/ 4 #10 SCREWS INTO TOP OF TRACK FASTEN KICKER TO STRUCTRURE HEAVY DUTY T -BARS MAIN RUNNER 12ga BRACING WIRE IN 4 DIRECTIONS @ 12'-0" O.C. MAX. WIRES SHALL BE @ 45° ANGLE W/MIN. 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1-1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE TYP. (DETAIL A) WALL ANGLE OR CHANNEL AT PERIMETER - SEE DETAIL 3/A140 2" MAX. FROM BRACING WIRE TO FRAMING MEMBERS METAL STUD SUSPENSION SYSTEM OR EQUAL. (HEAVY DUTY) 4 SEISMIC CEILING DETAIL @ DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE EXISTING ROOF JOIST, OR BLOCKING L 1-1/2x1-1/2X14ga W/(2)#10 SCREWS EACH LEG COMPRESSION STRUT COMPRESSION STRUT ATTACHMENT SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 400T200-43 KICKER @ 4'-0" O.C. (MAX. LENGTH 10' 0") STAGGER KICKERS 5'-6" O.C. TYPICAL 45° KICKER BRACING SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 20 GA. STUD - TYPICAL "INDEXED ENDS" FOR PUNCH -OUT ALIGNMENT (1) #10 SCREW AT BOTH SIDES TRACK 0.145" 0 HILTI X -DNI PAF @ 24" O.C. TYP. STUD/TRACK/FLOOR SLAB CONNECTIONS SCALE: NOT TO SCALE si/ 20 GA. STEEL STUD �(/ SPLICE PLATE - STEEL I1 1•00'400 STUD SECTION TRACK #10 SCREWS THROUGH TRACK INTO STUD TRACK SPLICE DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 20 GA. TRACK SIZE AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN (TYP. TOP & BOTTOM) FINISH SURFACE X X X 2.0" 11 SOFFIT DETAIL A300 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ROOF ABOVE EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE, DO NOT ATTACH DIRECTLY TO DECK METAL STUD SUSPENSION SYSTEM OR EQUAL. (HEAVY DUTY) CONNECT FRAMING TO EXISTING MALL SOFFIT EXISTING MALL SOFFIT, PAINT"'KNIGHT'S ARMOR" EXISTING MALL FOOD COURT CEILING ELEMENT GYP. BD., PAINT WHITE CHIPOTLE SIGNAGE, UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT 362S162-33 @ 24" O.C. GYP. BD., PAINT WHITE PLYWOOD B.O. RICHLITE SOFFIT EL. =10'-0" 16" RICHLITE WITH e" REVEAL NOTE: DO NOT ATTACH DIRECTLY TO ROOF DECK. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ONLY. MALL FOOD COURT FIRST FLOOR BELOW SERVICE HALLWAY X13-319 BUILDING SECTION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" B.O. CONCRETE DECK Ai EL. = 20'-11" B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING EL. = 12'-0"± B.O. LAY -IN CEILING Ai EL. = 9'-0" FINISH FLOOR ob EL. = 0'-0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CONSULTANT: 68137-2805 x wC0— Z0 or';' Lfl Qorn Cr; Ln =rnrn QCoco Doo 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HAWN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON 1072013 DRAWING IS AN CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. OFTHIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED ED ONLY BY WRITTEN IPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP. SUITE 500 DENVER. COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: VWVW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mali 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 Tukwila, WA 98188 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.13 Permit/Landlord Set REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: JV ED PROJECT MANAGER: ED CHECKED: ST PROJECT NUMBER: 070413 Sections: Building A 300 DATE: 10/10/2013 STRUCTURAL NOTES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS & DESIGN CRITERIA BUILDING CO R F N TANIAR.: THE "INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" (IBC), 2012 EDITION, AS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA, GOVERNS THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. REFERENCE TO A SPECIFIC SECTION IN THE CODE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE ENTIRE MATERIALS REFERENCE STANDARDS NOTED BELOW. THE LATEST EDITION OF THE MATERIALS REFERENCE STANDARDS SHALL BE USED. R ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS: REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, SLOPES, DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS, NON-BEARING WALLS, CURTAIN WALLS, CURBS, DRAINS, DEPRESSIONS, WATERPROOFING, FINISHES AND OTHER NONSTRUCTURAL ITEMS. TR CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION AND ALL JOB RELATED SAFETY STANDARDS SUCH AS OSHA AND WSHA. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STRENGTH AND STABILITY OF THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING, BRACING AND OTHER ELEMENTS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN STABILITY UNTIL THE STRUCTURE IS COMPLETED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BE FAMILIAR WITH THE WORK REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND THE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXECUTING IT PROPERLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PLANS SHOWING THE LOCATION, WEIGHT, SIZE AND ANCHORAGE OF ALL HANGERS SUPPORTING ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING OR SPRINKLER LOADS IN EXCESS OF 400 POUNDS. ALL ROOF -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED ON THESE PLANS AND SHALL SHOW THE WEIGHTS, SIZES, MOUNTING/ATTACHMENT DETAILS, AND LOCATIONS. SUBMIT PLANS TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DISCREPANCIES: IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE GENERAL NOTES, THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND/OR REFERENCE STANDARDS, THE ENGINEER SHALL DETERMINE WHICH SHALL GOVERN. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. SITE VERIFICATION: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE SITE PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION. CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO EXCAVATION OR DRILLING. CONSTRUCTION LOADS: LOADS ON THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN LOADS OR THE CAPACITY OF THE PARTIALLY COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION. WIND DESIGN: BASIC WIND SPEED (3 -SECOND GUST), V = 110 MPH; WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IW = 1.0; OCCUPANCY CATEGORY = II; EXPOSURE CATEGORY = B. SEISMIC DESIGN: SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR IE = 1.0; OCCUPANCY CATEGORY = II; SS = 1.442; S1 = 0.563; SITE CLASS = D; SDS = 0.96G; SD1 = 0.54G; SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D LIVE LOADS: ROOF (LIVE) ROOF (SNOW) GARAGES MECHANICAL ROOMS 20 PSF 25 PSF 40 PSF OR 3,000# (4.5"X4.5" SQR.) 100 PSF SUBMITTALS & INSPECTIONS SUBMITTALS: SUBMITTALS OF SHOP DRAWINGS, MILL TESTS AND PRODUCT DATA FOR ITEMS DESIGNED BY THE SSE SHALL BE MADE TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND PLACE A SHOP DRAWING STAMP ON THE SUBMITTAL BEFORE FORWARDING TO THE ENGINEER. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE IN TIME TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE WEEK FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT ARE SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIFIC SECTIONS BELOW. INSPECTIONS: ALL CONSTRUCTION IS SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SEC 110. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS WITH THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. SUBMIT COPIES OF ALL INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY IBC SEC 110, SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SEC 1704, PERFORM THE FOLLOWING: STEEL - PERIODIC INSPECTION OF STEEL, BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS IDENTIFICATION MARKS CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARD AND WELD FILLER MATERIAL CONFORMS TO AWS. - PERIODIC VERIFICATION OF CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. - PERIODIC INSPECTION OF FILLET WELDS < 5/16 -INCH SPECIAL CASES - CONTINUOUS INSPECTION DURING GROUTING OF ADHESIVE ANCHORS AND REINFORCING BARS. STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN STANDARDS: STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR THIS PROJECT IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC STEEL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, THIRTEENTH EDITION. REFERENCE STANDARDS: CONFORM T0: (1) AISC "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS & BRIDGES." (2) AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL." SUBMITTALS: (1) SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC SPECIFICATION SEC M1 "SHOP DRAWINGS." (2) SUBMIT WELDER'S CERTIFICATES VERIFYING QUALIFICATION WITHIN PAST 12 MONTHS. MATERIALS: OTHER STRUCTURAL SHAPES BARS & PLATES BOLTS NUTS WASHERS (FLAT OR BEVELED) THREADED RODS WELDING ELECTRODES EXPANSION ANCHORS ASTM A36, FY = 36 KSI ASTM A36, FY = 36 KSI ASTM A307 ASTM A563 OR ASTM A194, GRADE 2H ASTM F436 ASTM A36, FY = 36 KSI E70XX HILTI WELDING: CONFORM TO AWS D1.1. WELDERS SHALL BE CERTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH WABO REQUIREMENTS. USE E70 ELECTRODES OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS TO BE WELDED. EXPANSION OR ADHESIVE ANCHORS: EXPANSION AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD APPROVED EQUAL WITH CURRENT ICC REPORT. INSTALL ANCHORS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO ICC REPORT AND MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. USE ACRYLIC ANCHORS OF EQUIVALENT STRENGTH WHEN BASE MATERIAL FALLS BELOW 40F. FABRICATION/ERECTION: CONFORM TO AISC SPECIFICATION SEC M2 "FABRICATION", AISC CODE SEC 6 "FABRICATION AND DELIVERY" AND AISC CODE SEC 8 "QUALITY CONTROL." THE FABRICATOR AND ERECTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT DEEMED NECESSARY SO THAT ALL OF THE WORK IS PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS CODE, THE AISC SPECIFICATION, AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. O NOT BUILDING FINISH. D A BY THE INTERIORBU LD CONCEALED SHOP PAINTING: CONFORM TO AISC 360. DO NOT PAINT STEEL TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, FIREPROOFED, ORCO PAINT SURFACES TO BE FIELD WELDED OR WHERE SLIP -CRITICAL BOLTS ARE SPECIFIED. ALL OTHER INTERIOR STEEL SHALL BE PAINTED WITH ONE COAT OF GREY SHOP PRIMER. ALL EXPOSED EXTERIOR STEEL SHALL BE PAINTED WITH AN EXTERIOR MULTI -COAT SYSTEM AS PER THE ARCHITECT OR PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. FIELD TOUCH-UP PAINTING SHALL BE WITH PRIMER FOR EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES AND AS PER THE ARCHITECT OR PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES. ERECTION: CONFORM TO AISC SPECIFICATION SEC M4 "ERECTION" AND AISC CODE SEC 7 "ERECTION." STEEL WORK SHALL BE CARRIED UP TRUE AND PLUMB WITHIN THE LIMITS DEFINED IN AISC CODE SEC 7.11. BRACING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING BY AISC SPECIFICATION SEC M4.2 "BRACING" AND AISC CODE SEC 7.9 "TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMES." WOOD FRAMING REFERENCE STANDARDS: CONFORM T0: (1) IBC CHAPTER 23 "WOOD", (2) NDS AND NDS SUPPLEMENT - "NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION", IDENTIFICATION: ALL SAWN LUMBER AND PRE -MANUFACTURED WOOD PRODUCTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE GRADE MARK OR A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION ISSUED BY THE CERTIFYING AGENCY. MATERIALS: - SAWN LUMBER: CONFORM TO GRADING RULES OF WWPA, WCLIB OR NLGA. FINGER JOINTED STUDS ACCEPTABLE AT INTERIOR WALLS ONLY. MEMBER USE SIZE SPECIES GRADE STUDS & POSTS 2X, 4X HEM -FIR NO. 2 - JOIST HANGERS AND CONNECTORS: SHALL BE "STRONG TIE" BY SIMPSON COMPANY OR USP EQUIVALENT AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR LATEST CATALOGS. ALTERNATE CONNECTORS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED PROVIDED THEY HAVE CURRENT ICC APPROVAL FOR EQUIVALENT OR GREATER LOAD CAPACITIES AND ARE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE SER PRIOR TO ORDERING. CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. WHERE CONNECTOR STRAPS CONNECT TWO MEMBERS, PLACE 1/2 OF THE NAILS OR BOLTS IN EACH MEMBER. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER THE HEADS AND NUTS OF ALL BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS BEARING ON WOOD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL NAILS SHALL BE FULL LENGTH COMMON. NAIL STRAPS TO WOOD FRAMING AS LATE AS POSSIBLE IN THE FRAMING PROCESS TO ALLOW THE WOOD TO SHRINK AND THE BUILDING TO SETTLE. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: WOOD MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED TO BE "TREATED WOOD" UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SEC 2304.11 "PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES". CONFORM TO THE APPROPRIATE STANDARDS OF THE AMERICAN WOOD -PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION (AWPA) FOR SAWN LUMBER, GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER, ROUND POLES, WOOD PILES AND MARINE PILES. FOLLOW AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS COMMITTEE (ALSO) QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES. PRODUCTS SHALL BEAR THE APPROPRIATE MARK. METAL CONNECTORS/PT WOOD: DEI RECOMMENDS THAT ALL METAL HARDWARE AND FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER BE STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 316L. AT THE OWNER'S RISK AND DISCRETION, HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED METAL HARDWARE AND FASTENERS MAY BE INVESTIGATED FOR USE IN LIEU OF STAINLESS STEEL PROVIDED THAT THE FINISH HAS A MINIMUM ZINC CONTENT OF AT LEAST 1.85 OZ/SF AND ITS USE IS COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND WOOD SUPPLIER FOR THE EXPECTED ENVIRONMENT AND MOISTURE EXPOSURE FOR APPROPRIATE USE BASED ON THE METHOD OF PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT OF THE WOOD. 0 3" MIN HSS11/2x3x1/8 OR L3x2x3/16 (LLH) cn LU I— • � 0 uJ w 0 I < • Q BEAM OR Q BEAM OR JOIST BELOW JOIST BELOW w u_ OPENINGS GREATER THAN 16" & LESS THAN 24" 1/2 AT CENTER OF UPPER FLUTE BEYOND OPENING — TYP ADJACENT TO EACH CUT WEB — TYP NOTES: 1. HOLES LESS THAN 6"0 AND CUTTING NO MORE THAN (1) WEB REQUIRE NO REINFORCEMENT. 2. ALL METAL DECK OPENINGS SHOWN ABOVE APPLY ONLY TO DUCTWORK AND PIPING, ROOF HATCHES & SMALL AIR SHAFTS. THESE OPENINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SUPPORT ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. TYPICAL METAL DECK OPENINGS (E) BEAM (E) METAL DECKING 3/16 TYP (N) OPENING W w 3/16 TYP SECTION L4x4x3/16 TAB It 1/4"x4"x4" TYP EACH SIDE L4x4x3/16 TYP —� L4x4x3/16 PLAN VIEW TYPICAL METAL DECK OPENINGS GREATER THAN 24" (E) (E) BEAM SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" f 2'-8" 11/2" MIN TYP 1 8 1/2 1/8 > 1/2 L13/4x13/4 PLACED ON TOP OF DECKING AT CENTER OF EACH UPPER FLUTE — TYP TYPICAL FLUTE oo N THIS GROUP OF SLEEVES TO BE . BEAM OR JOIST BELOW CONSIDERED A SINGLE OPENING WEBS OF STEEL DECKING Q. BEAM OR JOIST BELOW ANGLES MUST EXTEND (3) FLUTES PAST OPENINGS — TYP OPENINGS LESS THAN 16" SCALE: NTS 1 O (E) CONC SLAB ON METAL DECK ti 6 <J • 4 4 7 4 4 n <1 6 4? Q 4 ATTACH AIRCRAFT CABLE TO (E) CONCRETE SLAB W/ HHDCA CEILING HANGER AIRCRAFT CABLE (1000# MIN TENSION CAPACITY); 1 PER CORNER (4 TOTAL); LOCATE AT 1:1 SLOPE APPROXIMATE 45° OUT FROM EACH CORNER L11/2x11/2x1/5; FIELD VERIFY LENGTH; PROVIDE 6" MAX CLEARANCE EACH END l/2"° ROD ATTACH TO HOOD PER SUPPLIER (4 RODS MIN) 3/16 SECTION B 3/16 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" HOOD SUPPORT SCALE: N.T.S. (E) CONC SLAB ON METAL DECK <7 <7 4 d . n_ .9 1-12 1-12 ATTACH AIRCRAFT CABLE TO (E) CONCRETE SLAB W/ HHDCA CEILING HANGER AIRCRAFT CABLE ATTACHMENT TO HOOD BY SUPPLIER AIRCRAFT CABLE (1000# MIN TENSION CAPACITY); 1 PER CORNER (4 TOTAL); LOCATE AT 1:1 SLOPE APPROXIMATE 45° OUT FROM EACH CORNER L11/2x11/2x1/8; FIELD VERIFY LENGTH; PROVIDE 6" MAX CLEARANCE EACH END 1/2"0 ROD ATTACH TO HOOD PER SUPPLIER (4 RODS MIN) 3/16 1-12 3/16 1-12 SECTION B SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" <: it G <7 _i. r w m w 5 - S ., Mein •• Ik SECTION A X �,'7 • PROVIDE DOUBLE NUT @ BOTT SECTION B • • 4 T/(E) CONC SLABA @ CEILING 3/8" R x 3"x5" W/ (2) 3/8"O HILTI KWIK BOLT—TZ W/ 2" EMBED INTO (E) CONC 1/2"0x11/2"LONG NUT PROVIDE DOUBLE NUT @ TOP & BOTT REF MECH FOR HOOD D m N � w 5 <f 5 mommwwwwmm MININ G SECTION A lo 3/g"R" CABLEBENTATTACHMENx2FOR T SUSPENDED MECHANICAL UNIT SUPPORT SCALE: N.T.S. T/(E) CONC SLAB 0- 3—SIDES iII PROVIDE DOUBLE NUT @ BOTT 3/16 / PROVIDE DOUBLE NUT TOP & BOTT MECHANICAL UNIT ANCHORAGE TO CURB BY SUPPLIER ATTACH CURB TO (E) CONC SLAB W/ (2) 3/8"0 HILTI KWIK BOLT—TZ S.S. W/ 2" EMBED, EACH SIDE 4 q, d A .. , (E) CONC SLAB ON METAL DECK MECHANICAL UNIT ROOF CONNECTION TO JOIST 11 P1000 EA WAY REFER TO CONDENSER - MANUFACTURER'S SPECS FOR CURB REQUIREMENTS ATTACH UNIT TO BLOCKING W/ 1/4"0x21/2" SIMPSON SDS SCREWS @ 12"OC L3x3x3/16 x 0'-3" W/ 3/8"0 HILTI KWIK BOLT—TZ S.S. W/ 2" EMBED INTO (E) CONC SLAB & 3/8"0x3" LAG SCREW TO WOOD; LOCATE 12" FROM EACH END OF MECH UNIT T/(E) CONC SLAB T/(E) CONC SLAB @ CEILINC 3 V 16 MECH UNIT ANCHORAGE TO ANGLE BY SUPPLIER SECTION A SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 3/g" R x 3"x5" W/ (2) 3/8"0 HILTI KWIK BOLT—TZ W/ 2" EMBED INTO (E) CONC 1/2"0x11/2"LONG NUT O O O SECTION A SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 3 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REF MECH FOR CONDENSER PROVIDE 4x4 TREATED WOOD ON LONG SIDES ONLY PER PLAN FOR LENGTH OF UNIT CONDENSER SUPPORT FRAMING d. (E) CONC SLAB ON METAL DECK SCALE: NTS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER X12 CONISULTANT: lam{ M M 1111110 C) 00 00 N 00 r W w d w g .s1O ri �00 00 !-4 P-9( p p IIS W W W.DIBBLEENGINEERS.COM COPYRIGHT 2013 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 co co CO0) ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.2013 PERMIT ISSUE SET REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: TTP/TLT PROJECT MANAGER: JJR CHECKED: RAD PROJECT NUMBER: FHA 070413 DEI #13-7023 STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES SECTIONS & DETAILS S 1 0 0 DATE: 10/08/2013 (E) 19GA W3 DECKING W/ 41/2" CONC TOPPING (71/2" TOTAL) W/ WWF 6x6 W2.9xW2.9 & #4 ® 24"OC BOTTOM 2'-6" STEP MECHANICAL UNIT SUPPORT PER 11/S100 MECHANICAL UNIT SUPPORT PER 11/S100 (HD-1) BELOW ROOF WT=650# I I 0 O x 00 ABOVE ROOF WT=100# ABOVE ROOF WT=550# (E) W27x84 (16) C=3/4 ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SUSPENDED EQ SUPPORT PER 8/S100 — -1 TRANSFORMER I BELOW ROOF _J WT=450# (VERIFY) 0' 2' 4' 8' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 3 0 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION rr 1� t3- 3Ic RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER CCNSULTANT: U W — 4 MM OO N ^ ON N Ci tJ 00 0 0 <Cn•as at N a 'cj U W W W v 0 0 W z g � Q., � <C d i wr<, p i C/� i. CDc)P-r b v, W 0 (V.clill 00 0 a w, vi a z cvzt, `� 1.40 0 0 � E' ti a )N, W WW.D1BBLEENGINEERS.COM COPYRIGHT 2013 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WTH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC. CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL, INC. 1401 WYNKOOP, SUITE 500 DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM STORE # 2270 Southcenter Mall 2600 Southcenter Mall, FC -2 ISSUE RECORD: 10.07.2013 PERMIT ISSUE SET REVISIONS: DRAWN BY: JVN PROJECT MANAGER: JJR CHECKED: RAD PROJECT NUMBER: FHA 070413 DEI #13-7023 STRUCTURAL PLANS , S 200 DATE: 10/08/2013